summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx7985
1 files changed, 7985 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4bc736fdb9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/caption/fallback/v3.1/caption.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,7985 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% This is file `caption.dtx'.
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1994-2010 Axel Sommerfeldt (caption@sommerfee.de)
+%
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2003/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Axel Sommerfeldt.
+%
+% This work consists of the files caption.ins, caption.dtx, caption2.dtx,
+% ltcaption.dtx, and subcaption.dtx, the derived files caption.sty,
+% caption2.sty, caption3.sty, ltcaption.sty, and subcaption.sty, and the
+% user manuals caption-deu.tex, caption-eng.tex, and caption-rus.tex.
+%
+% \fi
+% \CheckSum{7218}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<*driver>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesFile{caption.drv}[2010/01/14 v3.1m Implementation of the caption package]
+\hbadness=9999 \newcount\hbadness \hfuzz=100pt % Make TeX shut up.
+%\errorcontextlines=3
+%
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\smallskipamount}
+%
+%\let\ORIsubsection\subsection
+%\def\subsection{\clearpage\ORIsubsection}
+%
+\makeatletter % make room for subsections like 2.16.14 in the TOC
+%\newcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\renewcommand*\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.6em}}
+\makeatother
+%
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+ \usepackage{mathptmx,courier}
+ \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+ \addtolength\marginparwidth{15pt}
+\fi
+%
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\ifpdf\usepackage{hypdestopt}\fi
+\hypersetup{pdfkeywords={LaTeX, package, caption},pdfstartpage={},pdfstartview={}}
+%
+\usepackage[debug]{caption}[2009/10/09]
+%
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\eTeX{\texorpdfstring
+ {\leavevmode\hbox{$\varepsilon$}-\TeX}%
+ {e-TeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\AmS{\texorpdfstring
+ {{\protect\usefont{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}A\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{M}\kern-.125emS}}%
+ {AMS}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\KOMAScript{\texorpdfstring
+ {\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}}%
+ {KOMA-Script}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\NTG{NTG}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\SmF{SMF}
+%
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{caption.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \newcommand*\purerm[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\rmfamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\puresf[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\sffamily #1}}
+% \newcommand*\purett[1]{{\upshape\mdseries\ttfamily #1}}
+% \let\class\puresf \let\package\puresf
+% \let\env\purett \let\opt\purett
+%
+% \def\thispackage{the \package{caption} package}
+% \def\Thispackage{The \package{caption} package}
+%
+% \newcommand*\csmarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\{#1\char`\}}}
+% \newcommand*\csoarg[1]{\texttt{\char`\[#1\char`\]}}
+% \newcommand*\version[2][]{\textit{v#2}}
+% \newcommand*\x{\discretionary{-}{}{}}
+% \newcommand*\xx{\discretionary{}{}{}}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{caption.drv}
+% \let\docdate\filedate
+% \GetFileInfo{caption.sty}
+%
+% \title{The Implementation of
+% \texorpdfstring{\thispackage\thanks{%^^A
+% This package has version number \fileversion, last revised \filedate.}}%^^A
+% {the caption package}}
+% \author{Axel Sommerfeldt\\
+% \href{mailto:caption@sommerfee.de}{\texttt{caption@sommerfee.de}}}
+% \date{\docdate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \Thispackage\ consists of two parts -- the kernel
+% (|caption3.sty|) and the main package (|caption.sty|).
+%
+% The kernel provides all the user commands and internal macros which are
+% necessary for typesetting captions and setting parameters regarding these.
+% While the standard \LaTeX\ document classes provide an internal command
+% called |\@makecaption| and no options to control its behavior (except the
+% vertical skips above and below the caption itself), we provide similar
+% commands called |\caption@make| and |\caption@@make|, but with a lot of
+% options which can be selected with |\captionsetup|.
+% Loading the kernel part do not change the output of a \LaTeX\ document
+% -- it just provides functionality which can be used by \LaTeXe\ packages
+% which typesets captions, for example the \package{caption} and
+% \package{subfig} packages.
+%
+% \Thispackage\ redefines the \LaTeX\ commands
+% |\caption|, |\@caption|, and |\@makecaption| and maps the latter one to
+% |\caption@@make|, giving the user the possibility to control the look \& feel
+% of the captions from floating environments like |figure| and |table|.
+% Furthermore it does similar to the caption stuff coming from other packages
+% (like the \package{longtable} or \package{supertabular} package):
+% Mapping the appropriate internal commands (like |\LT@makecaption| or
+% |\ST@caption|) to the ones offered by the \package{caption3} kernel.
+% So you can think of \thispackage\ as a layer package, it
+% simply provides adaptation layers between the caption stuff coming from
+% \LaTeXe\ or packages, and the caption stuff offered by the
+% \package{caption3} kernel.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \section*{User manuals}
+%
+% This document is describing the code implementation only. The user
+% documentation can be found in
+% \nopagebreak\begin{quote}
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}%
+% {\texttt{caption-eng.pdf}} & The English documentation \\
+% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-rus.pdf}%
+% {\texttt{caption-rus.pdf}} & The Russian documentation\footnotemark \\
+% \href{ftp://dante.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-deu.pdf}%
+% {\texttt{caption-deu.pdf}} & The German documentation \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \footnotetext{Thanks a lot to Olga Lapko for this translation}
+% \end{quote}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+% \clearpage
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{\\,\_,\ ,\@@par}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@bsphack}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@car,\@cdr,\@classoptionslist,\@cons,\@currext,\@currname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ehc,\@ehd,\@empty,\@esphack,\@expandtwoargs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@for,\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo,\@hangfrom}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage\@ifnextchar,\@ifpackagelater,\@ifpackageloaded}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@ifstar,\@ifundefined,\@latex@error,\@minipagefalse,\@minipagetrue}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@onlypreamble,\@parboxrestore,\@plus,\@ptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@removeelement,\@restorepar,\@secondoftwo,\@setminipage,\@setpar}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempa,\@tempboxa,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb,\@tempdimc,\@tempb,\@tempc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@testopt}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@undefined,\@unprocessedoptions,\@unusedoptionlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\z@}
+% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addtocounter,\addtolength,\advance,\aftergroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\box}
+% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\centering,\changes,\csname,\def,\divide,\do,\downarrow}
+% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\else,\empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgraf,\endgroup,\expandafter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\footnotesize,\global}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase,\ifdim,\ifnum,\ifodd,\ifvoid,\ifvmode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifx,\ignorespaces,\itshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\Large,\large,\leavevmode,\leftmargini,\leftskip,\let,\linewidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\llap,\long,\m@ne,\margin,\mdseries,\message}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlength,\newline,\newif,\newsavebox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\next,\nobreak,\nobreakspace,\noexpand,\noindent,\numberline}
+% \DoNotIndex{\normalcolor,\normalfont,\normalsize,\or,\par,\parbox,\parfillskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parindent,\parskip,\prevdepth,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
+% \DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\quad}
+% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\relax,\renewcommand,\RequirePackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rmfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\sbox,\scriptsize,\scshape,\setbox,\setlength,\sffamily,\slshape}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\string,\space,\strut}
+% \DoNotIndex{\textheight,\the,\toks@,\typeout,\ttfamily}
+% \DoNotIndex{\unvbox,\uparrow,\upshape,\usebox,\usepackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\value,\vbox,\vsize,\vskip,\wd,\width,\z@skip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\AtBeginDocument,\AtEndOfPackage,\CurrentOption,\DeclareOption}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ExecuteOptions,\GenericWarning,\IfFileExists,\InputIfFileExists}
+% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\MessageBreak}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning,\PackageWarningNoLine}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage,\ProcessOptions,\ProvidesPackage}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt plus 1pt}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0}{1994/10/27}{First release}
+% \changes{v1.1}{1994/11/03}{New option \cs{centerlast}}
+% \changes{v1.2}{1994/11/28}{Support of the \package{float} package}
+% \changes{v1.3}{1995/01/09}{Support of \cs{captionlabelfont} in subcaptions}
+% \changes{v1.4}{1995/01/30}{New option \cs{nooneline}}
+% \changes{v1.4b}{1995/04/05}{Bugfix release}
+% \changes{v3.0}{2003/12/20}{Rewritten; many new commands and features}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Split into two packages:
+% \package{caption} \& \package{caption3}}
+%
+% \newcommand*\Note[2][Note]{\par{\small\emph{#1:} #2}\par}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Kernel}
+% \iffalse
+%<*kernel>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption3}[2010/01/14 v1.1m caption3 kernel (AR)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Generic helpers}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@nameundef}
+% This is the opposite to |\@namedef| which is offered by the \LaTeX\ kernel.
+% We use it to remove the definition of some commands and keyval options after
+% |\begin{document}| (to save \TeX\ memory) and to remove caption options defined
+% with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@nameundef[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\l@addto@macro}
+% The \LaTeXe\ kernel offers the internal helper macro |\g@addto@macro| which
+% globally adds tokens to existing macros, like in |\AtBeginDocument|.
+% This is the same but it works local, not global
+% (using \cs{edef} instead of \cs{xdef}).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\l@addto@macro[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \toks@\expandafter{#1#2}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\endgroup\def\noexpand#1{\the\toks@}}%
+ \@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bothIfFirst}
+% \begin{macro}{\bothIfSecond}
+% |\bothIfFirst| tests if the first argument is not empty, |\bothIfSecond|
+% tests if the second argument is not empty. If yes both arguments get
+% typeset, otherwise none of them.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\bothIfFirst#1#2{%
+ \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else
+ #1#2%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\bothIfSecond#1#2{%
+ \protected@edef\caption@tempa{#2}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty \else
+ #1#2%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifinlist}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Rewritten}
+% This helper macro checks if the first argument is in the comma separated
+% list which is offered as second argument. So for example
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption@ifinlist{frank}{axel,frank,olga,steven}{yes}{no}|
+% \end{quote}
+% would expand to |yes|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifinlist{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@ifinlist[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\@tempa##1,#1,##2\@nil{%
+ \endgroup
+ \ifx\relax##2\relax
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}%
+ \@tempa,#2,#1,\@nil}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifin@list}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@ifin@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\marg{yes}\marg{no}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifin@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1%
+ {\@secondoftwo}%
+ {\@expandtwoargs\caption@@ifinlist{#2}{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@addto@list}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@g@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@g@addto@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1{\gdef#1{#2}}{\g@addto@macro#1{,#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@addto@list}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@l@addto@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@l@addto@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1{\def#1{#2}}{\l@addto@macro#1{,#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@g@removefrom@list}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@g@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@g@removefrom@list[2]{%
+ \caption@l@removefrom@list#1{#2}%
+ \global\let#1#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@l@removefrom@list}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@l@removefrom@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{list entry}\par
+% \Note[Caveat]{\meta{cmd} will be expanded during this process since
+% \cs{@removeelement} is using \cs{edef} to build the new list!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@l@removefrom@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{\@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{#2}#1#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@for@list}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@for@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{code with \#1}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@for@list[2]{%
+ \caption@ifempty@list#1{}{%
+ \def\caption@tempb##1{#2}%
+ \@for\caption@tempa:=#1\do{%
+ \expandafter\caption@tempb\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty@list}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@ifempty@list|\marg{cmd}\marg{true}\marg{false}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifempty@list[1]{%
+ \ifx#1\@undefined
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else\ifx#1\relax
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else\ifx#1\@empty
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi\fi\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \pagebreak[3]
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setbool}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@set@bool}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\cs{caption@set@bool}\marg{cmd}\marg{value} added}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifbool}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefbool}
+% For setting and testing boolean options we offer these three helper macros:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption@setbool|\marg{name}\marg{value}\\
+% | |(with |value = false/true/no/yes/off/on/0/1|)\\
+% |\caption@ifbool|\marg{name}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\\
+% |\caption@undefbool|\marg{name}
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setbool[1]{%
+ \expandafter\caption@set@bool\csname caption@if#1\endcsname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@set@bool[2]{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{%
+ \let#1\@firstoftwo
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{%
+ \let#1\@secondoftwo
+ }{%
+ \caption@Error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}%
+ }}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifbool[1]{\@nameuse{caption@if#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@undefbool[1]{\@nameundef{caption@if#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@teststar}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@teststar@} added}
+% |\caption@teststar|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}\\
+% |\caption@teststar@|\marg{cmd}\marg{star arg}\marg{non-star arg}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@teststar[3]{\@ifstar{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@teststar@[3]{%
+ \@ifstar{#1{#2}}{\caption@ifatletter{#1{#2}}{#1{#3}}}}
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@teststar@\caption@teststar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifatletter{%
+ \ifnum\the\catcode`\@=11
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@ifatletter\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@withoptargs}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@withoptargs|\marg{cmd}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@withoptargs[1]{%
+ \@ifstar
+ {\def\caption@tempa{*}\caption@@withoptargs#1}%
+ {\def\caption@tempa{}\caption@@withoptargs#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@withoptargs#1{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%]
+ {\caption@@@withoptargs#1}%
+ {\caption@@@@withoptargs#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@@withoptargs#1[#2]{%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{[{#2}]}%
+ \caption@@withoptargs#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@@@withoptargs#1{%
+ \expandafter#1\expandafter{\caption@tempa}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@CheckCommand}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfCheckCommand}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/10}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{next} is no longer used}
+% |\caption@CheckCommand|\marg{macro}\marg{definition of macro}\par
+% checks if a command already exists, with the same definition.
+% It can be used more-than-once to check if one of multiple definitions will
+% finally match.
+% (It redefines itself later on to |\@gobbletwo| if the two commands match
+% fine, making further checks harmless.)\par
+% |\caption@IfCheckCommand|\marg{true}\marg{false}\par
+% will execute the \meta{true} code if one match was finally given,
+% the \meta{false} code otherwise.
+% (It simply checks if |\caption@CheckCommand| is |\@gobbletwo| and
+% restores the starting definition of |\caption@CheckCommand|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@DoCheckCommand[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@tempa#1%
+ #2%
+ \ifx\@tempa#1%
+ \endgroup
+ \let\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo
+ \else
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@DoCheckCommand
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand
+\@onlypreamble\caption@CheckCommand
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@IfCheckCommand{%
+ \ifx\caption@CheckCommand\@gobbletwo
+ \let\caption@CheckCommand\caption@DoCheckCommand
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@IfCheckCommand
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@AtBeginDocument}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/13}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the combine document class}
+% |\caption@AtBeginDocument*|\marg{code}\\
+% Same as |\AtBeginDocument| but the execution of code
+% will be surrounded by two |\PackageInfo|s.
+% The starred variant causes the code to be executed after all code
+% specified using the non-starred variant.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@begindocumenthook\@empty
+\let\caption@@begindocumenthook\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \caption@teststar\g@addto@macro
+ \caption@@begindocumenthook\caption@begindocumenthook}
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@AtBeginDocument
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \PackageInfo{caption}{Begin \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code\@gobble}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifstar{\g@addto@macro\caption@@begindocumenthook}\@firstofone}%
+ \caption@begindocumenthook
+ \let\caption@begindocumenthook\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifstar\@firstofone\@firstofone}%
+ \caption@@begindocumenthook
+ \let\caption@@begindocumenthook\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \PackageInfo{caption}{End \noexpand\AtBeginDocument code\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Errors}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@Warning}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@WarningNoLine}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{This macro added, will now be used for warnings}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@Error}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/20}{This macro added, will now be used for errors}
+% \changes{v3.0q}{2007/04/11}{Renamed from \cs{caption@error} to \cs{caption@Error}}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@KV@err}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/18}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@Error|\marg{message}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@Warning[1]{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{#1\on@line}}
+\newcommand*\caption@WarningNoLine[1]{%
+ \PackageWarning{caption}{#1.^^J\caption@wh\@gobbletwo}}
+\newcommand*\caption@Error[1]{%
+ \PackageError{caption}{#1}\caption@eh}
+\let\caption@KV@err\caption@Error
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@wh}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@eh}
+% At the moment we only offer these two simple warning resp. error helpers.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@wh{%
+ See the caption package documentation for explanation.}
+\newcommand*\caption@eh{%
+ If you do not understand this error, please take a closer look\MessageBreak
+ at the documentation of the `caption' package, especially the\MessageBreak
+ section about errors.\MessageBreak\@ehc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Using the keyval package}
+%
+% We need the \package{keyval} package for option handling, so we load it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{keyval}[1997/11/10]
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\undefine@key}
+% |\undefine@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par
+% This helper macro is the opposite of |\define@key|, it removes a keyval
+% definition.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\undefine@key[2]{%
+ \@nameundef{KV@#1@#2}\@nameundef{KV@#1@#2@default}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@onlypreamble@key}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/01}{\cs{KV@err} will be used now instead of \cs{@notprerr}}
+% |\onlypreamble@key|\marg{family}\marg{key}\par
+% Analogous to |\@onlypreamble| from \LaTeXe.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@preamble@keys{}
+\providecommand*\@onlypreamble@key[2]{\@cons\@preamble@keys{{#1}{#2}}}
+\@onlypreamble\@onlypreamble@key
+\@onlypreamble\@preamble@keys
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@notprerr@key[1]{\KV@err{Can be used only in preamble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \def\@elt#1#2{\expandafter\let\csname KV@#1@#2\endcsname\@notprerr@key}%
+ \@preamble@keys
+ \let\@elt\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOption}
+% |\DeclareCaptionOption|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionOption*|\marg{option}\oarg{default value}\marg{code}\par
+% We declare our options using these commands (instead of using
+% |\DeclareOption| offered by \LaTeXe), so the keyval package is used.
+% The starred form makes the option available during the lifetime of the
+% current package only, so they can be used with |\usepackage|, but
+% \emph{not} with |\captionsetup| later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOption{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@declareoption[2]{%
+ #1{\undefine@key{caption}{#2}}\define@key{caption}{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{This macro added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue|\marg{option}\marg{code}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*|\marg{option}\marg{code}\par
+% Same as \cs{DeclareCaptionOption} but issues an error if a value is given.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declareoption@novalue\AtEndOfPackage\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@declareoption@novalue[3]{%
+ \caption@declareoption{#1}{#2}[\KV@err]{%
+ \caption@option@novalue{#2}{##1}{#3}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declareoption@novalue
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@option@novalue[2]{%
+ \ifx\KV@err#2%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \KV@err{No value allowed for #1}%
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifcaptionsetup@star}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{This macro added}
+% If the starred form of |\captionsetup| is used, this will be set to |true|.
+% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@setkeys|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifcaptionsetup@star
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionsetup}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Bugfix: Missing \% added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Starred-variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{\cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} will be set now}
+% |\captionsetup|\oarg{type}\marg{keyval-list of options}\\
+% |\captionsetup*|\oarg{type}\marg{keyval-list of options}\par
+% If the optional argument `type' is specified, we simply save or append
+% the option list, otherwise we `execute' it with |\setkeys|.
+% (The non-starred variant issues a warning if \meta{keyval-list of options}
+% is not used later on.)
+% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captionsetup{%
+ \caption@teststar@\@captionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@captionsetup[1]{%
+ \captionsetup@startrue#1\captionsetup@starfalse
+ \@ifnextchar[\caption@setup@options\caption@setup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setup{\caption@setkeys{caption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@setup@options[#1]#2{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \ifcaptionsetup@star\captionsetup@starfalse\else\caption@addtooptlist{#1}\fi
+ \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\clearcaptionsetup}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Optional argument added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/17}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/07/27}{Inside packages the starred variant will be used automatically}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% |\clearcaptionsetup|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\\
+% |\clearcaptionsetup*|\oarg{option}\marg{type}\par
+% This removes the saved option list associated with \meta{type}.
+% If \meta{option} is given, only this option will be removed from the list.
+% (The starred variant does not issue warnings.)
+% \Note{The starred variant will be used inside packages automatically.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\clearcaptionsetup{%
+ \caption@teststar@\@clearcaptionsetup\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@clearcaptionsetup[1]{%
+ \let\caption@tempa#1%
+ \@testopt\@@clearcaptionsetup{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@clearcaptionsetup[#1]#2{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname
+ {\caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{Option list `#2' undefined}}}%
+ {\ifx,#1,%
+ \caption@clearsetup{#2}%
+ \else
+ \caption@@removefromsetup{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@clearsetup[1]{%
+ \caption@removefromoptlist{#1}%
+ \@nameundef{caption@opt@#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@removefromsetup{%
+ \let\caption@tempa\@gobble
+ \caption@@removefromsetup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@removefromsetup[2]{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname\@undefined
+ \def\@tempb##1=##2\@nil{##1}%
+ \edef\@tempc{#1}%
+ \@for\@tempa:=\@tempa\do{%
+ \edef\@tempd{\expandafter\@tempb\@tempa=\@nil}%
+ \ifx\@tempd\@tempc
+ \let\caption@tempa\@gobble
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@l@addto@list
+ \expandafter\csname caption@opt@#2\expandafter\endcsname
+ \expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ \fi}%
+ \expandafter\caption@ifempty@list\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname
+ {\caption@removefromoptlist{#2}}{}%
+ \caption@tempa{\caption@Warning{%
+ Option `#1' was not in list `#2'\MessageBreak}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\showcaptionsetup}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/03}{Optimized for memory usage}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Bugfix: Does not expand option list anymore}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% |\showcaptionsetup|\oarg{package}\marg{type}\par
+% This comes for debugging issues: It shows the saved option list which
+% is associated with \meta{type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\showcaptionsetup[2][\@firstofone]{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \GenericWarning{}{%
+ #1 Caption Info: Option list on `#2'\MessageBreak
+ #1 Caption Data: \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#2}{%
+ -none-%
+ }{%
+ {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\strip@prefix
+ \expandafter\meaning\csname caption@opt@#2\endcsname}%
+ }}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Option \opt{options=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{options}{\caption@setoptions{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptions}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Optional argument added}
+% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Revised}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument removed}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Usage of \cs{clearcaptionsetup} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Renamed from \cs{caption@settype} to \cs{caption@setoptions}}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed}
+% |\caption@setoptions|\marg{type or environment or\ldots}\par
+% Caption options which have been saved with |\captionsetup|\oarg{type} can
+% be executed by using this command.
+% It simply executes the saved option list (and clears it afterwards),
+% if there is any.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setoptions[1]{%
+ \caption@Debug{options=#1}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@opt\csname caption@opt@#1\endcsname
+ \ifx\caption@opt\relax \else
+ \caption@xsetup\caption@opt
+ \caption@clearsetup{#1}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@xsetup[1]{\expandafter\caption@setup\expandafter{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtooptlist}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@removefromoptlist}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1j}{2008/08/24}{Fatal typo corrected}
+% |\caption@addtooptlist|\marg{type}\\
+% |\caption@removefromoptlist|\marg{type}\par
+% Adds or removes an \meta{type} to the list of unused caption options.
+% Note that the catcodes of \meta{type} are sanitized here so removing
+% \meta{type} from the list do not fail when the \package{float} package
+% is used (since |\float@getstyle| gives a result which tokens have catcode
+% 12 $=$ ``other'').
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addtooptlist[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@opt@#1@lineno}{%
+ \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@addto@list{#1}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname{\the\inputlineno}%
+ }{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@removefromoptlist[1]{%
+ \caption@dooptlist\caption@g@removefrom@list{#1}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@dooptlist[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \edef\@tempa{#2}\@onelevel@sanitize\@tempa
+ \expandafter#1\expandafter\caption@optlist\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndDocument{%
+ \caption@for@list\caption@optlist{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{%
+ Unused \string\captionsetup[#1]
+ on input line \csname caption@opt@#1@lineno\endcsname}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setkeys}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/20}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@keydepth} added}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Optional argument added}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/08}{\cs{caption@keydepth} is now a command instead of a counter}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@Package} removed, we use \cs{caption@KV@err} instead}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{\cs{captionsetup@starfalse} added}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/09/30}{Bugfix 09-09-29: Missing error handler will be defined automatically}
+% |\caption@setkeys|\oarg{package}\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par
+% This one simply calls |\setkeys|\marg{family}\marg{key-values}
+% but lets the error messages not refer to the \package{keyval} package,
+% but to the \meta{package} package instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setkeys{\@dblarg\caption@@setkeys}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@setkeys[#1]#2#3{%
+ \@bsphack
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@err
+ \expandafter\let\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname\KV@errx
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname #1@KV@err\endcsname
+ \ifx\KV@err\relax
+ \def\KV@err##1{\PackageError{#1}{##1}{%
+ See the #1 package documentation for explanation.}}%
+ \fi
+ \let\KV@errx\KV@err
+ \edef\caption@keydepth{\caption@keydepth i}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@Debug{\protect\setkeys{#2}{#3}}%
+ \setkeys{#2}{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\caption@keydepth{\expandafter\@gobble\caption@keydepth}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@err\csname ORI@KV@err\caption@keydepth\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\KV@errx\csname ORI@KV@errx\caption@keydepth\endcsname
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\caption@keydepth\@empty \captionsetup@starfalse \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@keydepth\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ExecuteOptions}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@ExecuteOptions|\marg{family}\marg{key-values}\par
+% We execute our options using the keyval interface, so we use this one
+% instead of |\ExecuteOptions| offered by \LaTeXe.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ExecuteOptions[2]{%
+ \@expandtwoargs\caption@setkeys{#1}{#2}}%
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ExecuteOptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ProcessOptions}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix, see
+% \purett{news:400D360C.9678329F@gmx.net} for details}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Improvement, uses \cs{caption@setkeys}
+% instead of \cs{setkeys}}
+% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/02/23}{Bugfix, now processes only those global
+% options which have a default value}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{\cs{ProcessOptionsWithKV} renamed to
+% \cs{caption@ProcessOptions} and moved from the package to the kernel}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/17}{Star variant added}
+% |\caption@ProcessOptions*|\marg{family}\par
+% We process our options using the keyval package, so we use this one
+% instead of |\ProcessOptions| offered by \LaTeXe.
+% The starred variant do not process the global options.
+% (This code was taken from the \package{hyperref} package\cite{hyperref}
+% \version{6.74} and improved.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ProcessOptions{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@ProcessOptions\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ProcessOptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@ProcessOptions[2]{%
+ \let\@tempc\relax
+ \let\caption@tempa\@empty
+ #1{% \@firstofone -or- \@gobble
+ \@for\CurrentOption:=\@classoptionslist\do{%
+ \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption}{}{%
+ \@ifundefined{KV@#2@\CurrentOption @default}{%
+ \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' ignored}%
+ }{%
+ \PackageInfo{#2}{Global option `\CurrentOption' processed}%
+ \edef\caption@tempa{\caption@tempa,\CurrentOption,}%
+ \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement\CurrentOption
+ \@unusedoptionlist\@unusedoptionlist
+ }%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \let\CurrentOption\@empty
+ }%
+ \caption@ExecuteOptions{#2}{\caption@tempa\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}}%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\let\@unprocessedoptions\relax}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@ProcessOptions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Margin resp. width}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/01}{\cs{captionmarginx} renamed to \cs{captionmargin@}}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{Option `twoside' added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/11}{Options `margin*', `minmargin', and `maxmargin' added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/10}{Option `oneside' added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionmargin}
+% \begin{macro}{\captionwidth}
+% |\captionmargin| and |\captionwidth| contain the extra margin
+% resp. the total width used for captions. Please never set these values in
+% a direct way, they are just accessible in user documents to provide
+% compatibility to \version{1.x}.\par
+% Note that we can only set one value at a time, `margin' \emph{or} `width'.
+% If |\captionwidth| is not zero we will take this value afterwards,
+% otherwise |\captionmargin| and |\captionmargin@|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newdimen\captionmargin
+\newdimen\captionmargin@
+\newdimen\captionwidth
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{margin}{\setcaptionmargin{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{margin*}{\setcaptionmargin*{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{width}{\setcaptionwidth{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{twoside}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue{oneside}{\caption@set@bool\caption@iftwoside0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{minmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@minmargin{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{maxmargin}{\caption@setoptcmd\caption@maxmargin{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionmargin}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setmargin} to \cs{setcaptionmargin}}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{\cs{setcaptionmargin} enhanced so it can take
+% left+right margin}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/11}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{\cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin} \&
+% \cs{setlength}\cs{captionmargin@} swapped so
+% `\texttt{margin*=}\cs{captionmargin}' works in singleline options}
+% |\setcaptionmargin|\marg{amount}\\
+% |\setcaptionmargin*|\marg{amount}\par
+% Please never use them in user documents, it's just there to
+% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\setcaptionmargin{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@setmargin\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setmargin[2]{%
+ #1{\captionwidth\z@}%
+ \caption@@setmargin#2,#2,\@nil}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@setmargin#1,#2,#3\@nil{%
+ \setlength\captionmargin@{#2}%
+ \setlength\captionmargin{#1}%
+ \addtolength\captionmargin@{-\captionmargin}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcaptionwidth}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setwidth} to \cs{setcaptionwidth}}
+% |\setcaptionwidth|\marg{amount}\par
+% Please never use this in user documents, it's just there to
+% provide compatibility to the \package{caption2} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\setcaptionwidth{%
+ \captionmargin\z@
+ \captionmargin@\z@
+ \setlength\captionwidth}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@counter}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This counter added}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/28}{Renamed to \cs{caption@thecounter}; \cs{caption@stepcounter} added}
+% This counter numbers the captions. At the moment it will be used inside
+% |\caption@ifoddpage| only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@thecounter{0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@stepcounter{%
+ \@tempcnta\caption@thecounter
+ \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+ \xdef\caption@thecounter{\the\@tempcnta}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@newlabel}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added}
+% This command is a modified version of |\newlabel| from \LaTeX2e.
+% It will be written to the \texttt{.aux} file to
+% pass label information from one run to another.
+% (We use it inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\caption@ragged|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@newlabel{\@newl@bel{caption@r}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@thepage}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added}
+% This command is a modified version of |\thepage| from \LaTeX2e.
+% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| only.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@thepage{\the\c@page}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@label}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@newlabel} in AUX file added}
+% This command is a modified version of |\label| from \LaTeX2e.
+% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@label[1]{%
+ \caption@@label
+ \protected@write\@auxout{\let\caption@thepage\relax}%
+ {\string\caption@newlabel{#1}{\caption@thepage}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@label{%
+ \global\let\caption@@label\relax
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}%
+ {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@newlabel[2]{}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@pageref}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Uses \cs{@latex@warning} instead of \cs{caption@Warning} now}
+% This command is a modified version of |\pageref| from \LaTeX2e.
+% It will be used inside |\caption@ifoddpage| and |\FP@helpNote|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@pageref[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \G@refundefinedtrue % => 'There are undefined references.'
+ \@latex@warning{Reference `#1' on page \thepage \space undefined}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@thepage\csname caption@r@#1\endcsname
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifoddpage}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/28}{Incrementation of counter moved to \cs{caption@@make}}
+% At the moment this macro uses an own label\ldots ref mechanism,
+% but an alternative implementation method would be using the
+% \package{refcount} package\cite{refcount} and |\ifodd\getpagerefnumber{|\ldots|}|.
+% \Note{This macro re-defines itself so the \texttt{.aux} file will
+% only be used once per group.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ifoddpage{%
+ \caption@iftwoside{%
+ \caption@label\caption@thecounter
+ \caption@pageref\caption@thecounter
+ \ifodd\caption@thepage
+ \let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \let\caption@ifoddpage\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+ }{\let\caption@ifoddpage\@firstoftwo}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifoddpage}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setoptcmd}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/11}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setoptcmd|\marg{cmd}\marg{off -or- value}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setoptcmd[2]{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\@undefined}{\def#1{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Indentions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@indent}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Renamed from \cs{captionindent} to \cs{caption@indent}}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@parindent}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@hangindent}
+% These are the indentions we support.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newdimen\caption@indent
+\newdimen\caption@parindent
+\newdimen\caption@hangindent
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Defaults added for options \opt{parindent=}
+% and \opt{hangindent=}}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Option \opt{parskip=}: \cs{AtBeginCaption}
+% replaced by \cs{caption@@par}}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Undocumented defaults for \opt{parindent=},
+% \opt{hangindent=}, and \opt{parskip=} removed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{indent}[\leftmargini]{% obsolete!
+ \setlength\caption@indent{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{indention}[\leftmargini]{%
+ \setlength\caption@indent{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}{%
+ \setlength\caption@parindent{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{hangindent}{%
+ \setlength\caption@hangindent{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}{%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@@par{\setlength\parskip{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Increased compatibility to KOMA-Script:
+% A special version of options `parindent' and `parskip' added}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/03}{Bugfix 06-01-03: KOMA-Script variants of
+% `parskip' and `parindent' options revised and moved into caption kernel}
+% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/02/23}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and
+% `parindent' are obsolete now, removed}
+% \changes{v3.0o}{2007/03/30}{KOMA-Script variants of `parskip' and
+% `parindent' re-added, since they still collide with the current
+% version of the subfig package (Sigh!)}
+%
+% There is an option clash between the \KOMAScript\ document classes
+% and the \package{caption} kernel, both define the options |parindent| and
+% |parskip| but with different meaning.
+% Furthermore the ones defined by the \package{caption} kernel take a
+% value as parameter but the \KOMAScript\ ones do not.
+% So we need special versions of the options |parindent| and |parskip| here
+% which determine if a value is given (and therefore should be treated as
+% our option) or not (and therefore should be ignored by us).\footnote{%^^A
+% This problem was completely solved due a change of \cs{caption@ProcessOptions}
+% in \thispackage\ \version{3.0j}, but we still need this workaround since
+% these options would otherwise still collide with the current version $1.3$
+% of the \package{subfig} package (Sigh!)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@caption}\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@KV@parindent\KV@caption@parindent
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{parindent}[]{%
+ \ifx,#1,%
+ \caption@Debug{Option `parindent' ignored}%
+ \else
+ \caption@KV@parindent{#1}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@KV@parskip\KV@caption@parskip
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{parskip}[]{%
+ \ifx,#1,%
+ \caption@Debug{Option `parskip' ignored}%
+ \else
+ \caption@KV@parskip{#1}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Styles}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionStyle}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces
+% between arguments do make any harm}
+% |\DeclareCaptionStyle|\marg{name}\oarg{single-line-list-of-KV}\marg{list-of-KV}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionStyle[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@declarestyle{#1}}{}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionStyle
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@declarestyle#1[#2]#3{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@sls@#1}{#2}%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@sty@#1}{#3}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declarestyle
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Option \opt{style*=} added}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{slc=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{style}{\caption@setstyle{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{style*}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{singlelinecheck}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{slc}[1]{\KV@caption@singlelinecheck{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setstyle}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/01}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{Recursive style definitions should work now}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Definition of \cs{caption@iftypewarning} removed}
+% |\caption@setstyle|\marg{name}\\
+% |\caption@setstyle*|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption style means saving the additional
+% \meta{single-line-list-of-KV} (this will be done by |\caption@sls|),
+% resetting the caption options to the base ones (this will be done using
+% |\caption@resetstyle|) and executing the \meta{list-of-KV} options
+% (this will be done using |\caption@setup|).\par
+% The starred version will give no error message if the given style is not
+% defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setstyle{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@setstyle\@gobble\@firstofone}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@setstyle[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#2}%
+ {#1{\caption@Error{Undefined style `#2'}}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sty\csname caption@sty@#2\endcsname
+ \ifx\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined
+ \let\caption@setstyle@flag\relax
+ \caption@resetstyle
+ \caption@xsetup\caption@sty
+ \let\caption@setstyle@flag\@undefined
+ \else
+ \caption@xsetup\caption@sty
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@sls\csname caption@sls@#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\caption@l@addto@list\expandafter\caption@opt@singleline
+ \expandafter{\caption@sls}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetstyle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{%
+% This macro renamed from \cs{caption@setdefault} to \cs{caption@resetstyle}}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Usage of \texttt{size=} added}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \texttt{rule} added}
+% This resets (nearly) all caption options to the base ones.
+% \emph{Note that this does not touch the skips and the positioning!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@resetstyle{%
+ \caption@setup{%
+ format=plain,labelformat=default,labelsep=colon,textformat=simple,%
+ justification=justified,font=,size=,labelfont=,textfont=,%
+ margin=0pt,minmargin=0,maxmargin=0,%
+ indent=0pt,parindent=0pt,hangindent=0pt,%
+ slc,rule,strut}%
+ \caption@clearsetup{singleline}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{\opt{indent=0pt} added to caption style \opt{default}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Caption style `default' renamed to `base', and a new `default' added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{\opt{format=plain} added to caption style \opt{default}}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{\opt{format=plain} removed from caption style \opt{default}}
+% Currently there are two pre-defined styles, called `base' \& `default'.
+% The first one is a perfect match to the behavior of |\@makecaption| offered
+% by the standard \LaTeX\ document classes (and was called `default' in
+% \thispackage\ \version{3.0}), the second one matches the document
+% class actually used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{base}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{}
+\DeclareCaptionStyle{default}[indent=0pt,justification=centering]{%
+ format=default,labelsep=default,textformat=default,%
+ justification=default,font=default,labelfont=default,textfont=default}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Formats}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFormat}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#3 so extra spaces
+% between arguments do make any harm}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/15}{Optional argument added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionFormat*|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1, \#2, and \#3}\par
+% The starred form causes the code being typeset in vertical (instead of
+% horizontal) mode, but does not support the |indention=| option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFormat{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declareformat\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@declareformat[2]{%
+ \@dblarg{\caption@@declareformat#1{#2}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declareformat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@declareformat#1#2[#3]#4{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@ifh@#2\endcsname#1%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@slfmt@#2}##1##2##3{#3}%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@fmt@#2}##1##2##3{#4}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@declareformat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{format}{\caption@setformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setformat}
+% |\caption@setformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@fmt|)
+% and if the code should be used in horizontal or vertical mode (|\caption@ifh|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@fmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ifh\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@slfmt\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fmt\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/31}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat[1]{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@fmt@default\expandafter
+ {\csname caption@fmt@#1\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@slfmt@default\expandafter
+ {\csname caption@slfmt@#1\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@ifh@default\expandafter
+ {\csname caption@ifh@#1\endcsname}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{%
+% Caption format \opt{default} renamed to \opt{normal}}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/12}{%
+% Caption format \opt{normal} renamed to \opt{@normal}}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{%
+% Caption format \opt{@normal} renamed to \opt{plain} and documented}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{%
+% Single-line variant of caption format \opt{hang} added}
+% There are two pre-defined formats, called `plain' and `hang'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{plain}{#1#2#3\par}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFormat{hang}[#1#2#3\par]{%
+ \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname
+ {\caption@Error{%
+ The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak
+ with `format=hang'}}%
+ {\@hangfrom{#1#2}%
+ \advance\caption@parindent\hangindent
+ \advance\caption@hangindent\hangindent
+ \caption@@par#3\par}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Caption format \opt{default} linked to \opt{plain}}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/28}{Bugfix 05-04-28: Missing \cs{caption@ifh@default} added}
+% `default' usually maps to `plain'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{plain}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Label formats}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{%
+% Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces between arguments do make any harm}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat[2]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@lfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelformat}{\caption@setlabelformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelformat}
+% |\caption@setlabelformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption label format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lfmt|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlabelformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@lfmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined label format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lfmt\csname caption@lfmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/16}{Caption label format \opt{brace} added}
+% There are four pre-defined label formats, called `empty', `simple',
+% `parens', and `brace'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{empty}{}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{simple}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{parens}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}(#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{brace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\nobreakspace}#2)}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `simple'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@lfmt@default{\caption@lfmt@simple}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Label separators}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces
+% between arguments do make any harm}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/13}{Test for CR added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator|\marg{name}\marg{code}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*|\marg{name}\marg{code}\par
+% The starred form causes the label separator to be typeset \emph{without} using |\captionlabelfont|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@declarelabelseparator\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@declarelabelseparator[3]{%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname caption@iflf@#2\endcsname#1%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@lsep@#2}{#3}%
+ \caption@@declarelabelseparator{#2}#3\\\@nil}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@declarelabelseparator
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@declarelabelseparator#1#2\\#3\@nil{%
+ \def\@tempa{#3}\ifx\@tempa\@empty \else
+ \caption@g@addto@list\caption@lsepcrlist{#1}%
+ \fi}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@declarelabelseparator
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelsep}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelseparator}{\caption@setlabelseparator{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlabelseparator}
+% |\caption@setlabelseparator|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption label separator simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lsep|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlabelseparator[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined label separator `#1'}}%
+ {\edef\caption@lsepname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@iflf\csname caption@iflf@#1\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lsep\csname caption@lsep@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Bugfix 05-03-23: Caption label separator
+% \opt{newline} implementation changed from \cs{newline} to \cs{\textbackslash}}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Caption label separator \opt{endash} added}
+% There are seven pre-defined label separators, called `none', `colon', `period', `space',
+% `quad', `newline', and `endash'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{none}{}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{colon}{: }
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{period}{. }
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{space}{ }
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{quad}{\quad}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{newline}{\\}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator*{endash}{\space\textendash\space}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlabelsep}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/29}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlabelsep[1]{%
+ \ifx\caption@lsep\caption@lsep@default
+ \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}%
+ \caption@setlabelseparator{default}%
+ \else
+ \caption@set@default@labelsep{#1}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@set@default@labelsep[1]{%
+ \def\caption@lsep@default{\@nameuse{caption@lsep@#1}}%
+ \def\caption@iflf@default{\@nameuse{caption@iflf@#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `colon'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@set@default@labelsep{colon}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Text formats}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionTextFormat}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{This macro added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionTextFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionTextFormat[2]{%
+ \global\long\@namedef{caption@tfmt@#1}##1{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionTextFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{strut=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{textformat}{\caption@settextformat{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{strut}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifstrut{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@settextformat}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@settextformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption text format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@tfmt|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@settextformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@tfmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined text format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@tfmt\csname caption@tfmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% There are two pre-defined text formats, called `simple' and `period'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{simple}{#1}
+\DeclareCaptionTextFormat{period}{#1.}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `simple'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@tfmt@default{\caption@tfmt@simple}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Fonts}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionFont}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/22}{%
+% Bugfix: Multi token arguments are allowed now}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{%
+% Internal: Uses \cs{caption@fnt} instead of \cs{caption@temp} now}
+% |\DeclareCaptionFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionFont[2]{%
+ \define@key{caption@fnt}{#1}[]{\l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{#2}}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionFont
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultFont}}
+% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont|\marg{name}\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont[2]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption#1@default}{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{font}{\caption@setfont{font}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{font+}{\caption@addtofont{font}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont}{\caption@setfont{labelfont}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{labelfont+}{\caption@addtofont{labelfont}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont}{\caption@setfont{textfont}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{textfont+}{\caption@addtofont{textfont}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfont}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/30}{Usage of \cs{caption@setkeys} with optional argument}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Support of \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionFont} added}
+% |\caption@setfont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par
+% Selecting a caption font means saving all the code snippets
+% in |\caption|\meta{name}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setfont[1]{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\@empty
+ \caption@addtofont{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtofont}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@addtofont|\marg{name}\marg{keyval-list of names}\par
+% Like |\caption@setfont|, but adds the code snippets to |\caption|\meta{name}.\par
+% Because we use |\setkeys| recursive here we need to do this inside an
+% extra group.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addtofont[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@fnt\csname caption#1\endcsname
+ \define@key{caption@fnt}{default}[]{%
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@fnt{\csname caption#1@default\endcsname}}%
+ \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}{#2}%
+ \global\let\caption@tempa\caption@fnt
+ \endgroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption#1\endcsname\caption@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@font}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@font|\marg{keyval-list of names}\\
+% |\caption@font*|\marg{keyval-code}\par
+% Sets the given font, e.g.~|\caption@font{small,it}|
+% is equivalent to |\small\itshape|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@font{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@font\@firstofone
+ {\caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@fnt}}}
+\newcommand*\caption@@font[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \def\caption@fnt{\endgroup}%
+ #1{#2}%
+ \caption@fnt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% These are the pre-defined font code snippets.
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Color font support added (kernel)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{normalcolor}{\normalcolor}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{color}{\color{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{normalfont}{\normalfont}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{up}{\upshape}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{it}{\itshape}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{sl}{\slshape}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{sc}{\scshape}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{md}{\mdseries}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{bf}{\bfseries}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{rm}{\rmfamily}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{sf}{\sffamily}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{tt}{\ttfamily}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{scriptsize}{\scriptsize}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{footnotesize}{\footnotesize}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{small}{\small}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{normalsize}{\normalsize}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{large}{\large}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{Large}{\Large}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/02}{\package{setspace} package support added (kernel)}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-05-18: \package{setspace} package support revised (kernel)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{singlespacing}{%
+ \@ifundefined{setspace@singlespace}{}{%
+ \setstretch\setspace@singlespace}}% normally 1
+\DeclareCaptionFont{onehalfspacing}{\onehalfspacing}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{doublespacing}{\doublespacing}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{stretch}{\setstretch{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{%
+% \caption@font{normalcolor,normalfont,normalsize,singlespacing}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{normal}{%
+ \caption@font*{%
+ \KV@caption@fnt@normalcolor\@unused
+ \KV@caption@fnt@normalfont\@unused
+ \KV@caption@fnt@normalsize\@unused
+ \KV@caption@fnt@singlespacing\@unused}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Option \opt{size=} now sets \cs{captionsize} instead of \cs{captionfont}}
+% The old versions \version{1.x} of \thispackage\ offered this
+% command to setup the font size used for captions. We still do
+% so old documents will work fine.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{size}{\caption@setfont{size}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{size}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Justifications}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionJustification}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/17}{Pass through argument \#2 so extra spaces
+% between arguments do make any harm}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{DeclareCaptionFont}}
+% |\DeclareCaptionJustification|\marg{name}\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionJustification[2]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@hj@#1}{#2}% for compatibility to v3.0
+ \DeclareCaptionFont{#1}{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionJustification
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/31}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareDefaultCaptionJustification} to \cs{DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification}}
+% |\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification|\marg{code}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification[1]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@hj@default}{#1}% for compatibility to v3.0
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{@hj}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{justification}{\caption@setjustification{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setjustification}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{Mapped to \cs{caption@setfont}}
+% |\caption@setjustification|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption justification simply means saving the code (in |\caption@hj|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setjustification{\caption@setfont{@hj}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% These are the pre-defined justification code snippets.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{justified}{}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{centering}{\centering}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerfirst}{\centerfirst}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{centerlast}{\centerlast}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedleft}{\raggedleft}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{raggedright}{\raggedright}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\centerfirst}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerfirst} to \cs{centerfirst}}
+% Please blame Frank Mittelbach for the code of |\centerfirst| |:-)|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\centerfirst{%
+ \let\\\@centercr
+ \edef\caption@normaladjust{%
+ \leftskip\the\leftskip
+ \rightskip\the\rightskip
+ \parfillskip\the\parfillskip\relax}%
+ \leftskip\z@\@plus -1fil%
+ \rightskip\z@\@plus 1fil%
+ \parfillskip\z@skip
+ \noindent\hskip\z@\@plus 2fil%
+ \@setpar{\@@par\@restorepar\caption@normaladjust}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\centerlast}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{@centercr} added (Thanks to Olga!)}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/21}{This macro renamed from \cs{caption@centerlast} to \cs{centerlast}}
+% This is based on code from Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein\cite{Anne}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\centerlast{%
+ \let\\\@centercr
+ \leftskip\z@\@plus 1fil%
+ \rightskip\z@\@plus -1fil%
+ \parfillskip\z@\@plus 2fil\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The ragged2e package}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Improved \package{ragged2e} package support}
+%
+% We also support the upper-case commands offered by the \package{ragged2e}
+% package.
+% Note that these just map to their lower-case variants if the
+% \package{ragged2e} package is not available.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{Centering}{%
+ \caption@ragged\Centering\centering}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedLeft}{%
+ \caption@ragged\RaggedLeft\raggedleft}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{RaggedRight}{%
+ \caption@ragged\RaggedRight\raggedright}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ragged}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/07}{The `ragged2e' package will now only been
+% loaded when needed}
+% \changes{v3.0q}{2007/04/11}{Bugfix: Usage of \cs{caption@Info} replaced
+% by \cs{caption@Debug}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/16}{A different warning will be given on first \LaTeX\ run}
+% |\caption@ragged| will be basically defined as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\AtBeginDocument{\IfFileExists{ragged2e.sty}%|\\
+% | {\RequirePackage{ragged2e}\let\caption@ragged\@firstoftwo}%|\\
+% | {\let\caption@ragged\@secondoftwo}}|
+% \end{quote}
+% but with an additional warning if the ragged2e package is not loaded (yet).
+% (This warning will be type out only one time per option, that's why
+% we need the |caption\string#1| stuff.)
+% Furthermore we load the \package{ragged2e} package, if needed and available.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@ragged{%
+ \caption@Debug{We need ragged2e}%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\caption@newlabel{ragged2e}{}}%
+ \global\let\caption@ragged\caption@@ragged
+ \caption@ragged}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@r@ragged2e}{%
+ \newcommand*\caption@@ragged{%
+ \caption@Warning{%
+ `ragged2e' support has been changed.\MessageBreak
+ Rerun to get captions right}%
+ \global\let\caption@ragged\@secondoftwo % suppress further warnings
+ \caption@ragged}%
+ }{%
+ \caption@Debug{We load ragged2e}%
+ \IfFileExists{ragged2e.sty}{%
+ \RequirePackage{ragged2e}%
+ \let\caption@@ragged\@firstoftwo
+ }{%
+ \newcommand*\caption@@ragged[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption\string#1}{%
+ \caption@Warning{%
+ `ragged2e' package not loaded, therefore\MessageBreak
+ substituting \string#2 for \string#1\MessageBreak}%
+ \global\@namedef{caption\string#1}}{}%
+ #2}%
+ }%
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Vertical spaces before and after captions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\abovecaptionskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\belowcaptionskip}
+% Usually these skips are defined within the document class, but some
+% document classes don't do so.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{abovecaptionskip}{%
+ \newlength\abovecaptionskip\setlength\abovecaptionskip{10\p@}}{}
+\@ifundefined{belowcaptionskip}{%
+ \newlength\belowcaptionskip\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0\p@}}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Option \opt{skip=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{aboveskip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{belowskip}{\setlength\belowcaptionskip{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{skip}{\setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@rule}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@rule|\par
+% Draws an invisible rule to adjust the ``skip'' setting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@rule{\caption@ifrule\caption@hrule\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@hrule{\hrule\@height\z@}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Option \opt{rule=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{rule}[1]{\caption@set@bool\caption@ifrule{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Positioning}
+%
+% These macros handle the right position of the caption.
+% Note that the position is actually \emph{not} controlled by the
+% \package{caption3} kernel options, but by the user (or a specific package
+% like the \package{float} package) instead.
+% The user can put the |\caption| command wherever he likes! So this stuff
+% is only to give us a \emph{hint} where to put the right skips, the user
+% usually has to take care for himself that this hint actually matches the
+% right position.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{position}{\caption@setposition{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setposition}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/22}{Now the positions \opt{t}, \opt{above}, \opt{b},
+% \opt{below}, and \opt{a} are allowed, too}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{Usage of \cs{caption@defaultpos} added}
+% |\caption@setposition|\marg{position}\par
+% Selecting the caption position means that we put |\caption@position| to
+% the right value. \emph{Please do \textbf{not} use the internal macro
+% \cs{caption@position} in your own package or document, but use the wrapper
+% macro \cs{caption@iftop} instead.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setposition[1]{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#1}{d,default}{%
+ \let\caption@position\caption@defaultpos
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top,above}{%
+ \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below}{%
+ \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo
+ }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{a,auto}{%
+ \let\caption@position\@undefined
+ }{%
+ \caption@Error{Undefined position `#1'}%
+ }}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@defaultpos}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Default position changed from `bottom' to `auto'}
+% The default `position' is `auto', this means that \thispackage\ will try
+% to guess the current position of the caption.
+% (But in many cases, for example in |longtable|s, this is doomed to fail!)\par
+% The setting `bottom' correspondents to the |\@makecaption| implementation
+% in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes, but `auto' should give better
+% results in most cases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\caption@setdefaultpos{a}% default = auto
+\let\caption@defaultpos\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftop}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Split into \cs{caption@iftop} \& \cs{caption@fixposition}}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Adapted to \cs{caption@defaultpos}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Position will be fixed to `bottom' if `auto'}
+% |\caption@iftop|\marg{true-code}\marg{false-code}\par
+% (If the |position=| is set to |auto| we assume a |bottom| position here.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@iftop{%
+ \ifx\caption@position\@undefined
+ \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo
+% = \caption@setposition b%
+ \fi
+ \caption@position}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@fixposition}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{%
+% Split into \cs{caption@fixposition} & \cs{caption@autoposition}}
+% |\caption@fixposition|\par
+% This macro checks if the `position' is set to `auto'.
+% If yes, |\caption@autoposition| will be called to
+% set |\caption@position| to a proper value we can actually use.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@fixposition{%
+ \ifx\caption@position\@undefined
+ \caption@autoposition
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@autoposition}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{ifvmode} added}
+% |\caption@autoposition|\par
+% We guess the current position of the caption by checking |\prevdepth|.\par
+% A different solution would be setting the |\spacefactor| to something
+% not much less than 1000 (for example 994) in |\caption@start| and
+% checking this value here by |\ifnum\spacefactor=994|.
+% (It's implemented in the \package{threeparttable}
+% package\cite{threeparttable} this way.)\par
+% Another idea would be checking |\@ifminipage|, but since some packages
+% typeset the caption within a simple |\vbox| this does not seem to be a
+% good one.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@autoposition{%
+ \ifvmode
+ \edef\caption@tempa{\the\prevdepth}%
+ \caption@Debug{\protect\prevdepth=\caption@tempa}%
+ \ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@
+ \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \let\caption@position\@firstoftwo
+ \fi
+% = \caption@setposition{\ifdim\prevdepth>-\p@ b\else t\fi}%
+ \else
+ \caption@Debug{no \protect\prevdepth}%
+ \let\caption@position\@secondoftwo
+% = \caption@setposition b%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setautoposition}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setautoposition|\marg{position}\par
+% replaces the above algorithm by a different one (or a fixed position setting).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setautoposition[1]{%
+ \def\caption@autoposition{\caption@setposition{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Hooks}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginCaption}
+% \begin{macro}{\AtEndCaption}
+% |\AtBeginCaption| \marg{code}\\
+% |\AtEndCaption| \marg{code}\par
+% These hooks can be used analogous to |\AtBeginDocument| and |\AtEndDocument|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@beginhook{}
+\newcommand*\caption@endhook{}
+\newcommand*\AtBeginCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@beginhook}
+\newcommand*\AtEndCaption{\l@addto@macro\caption@endhook}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Lists}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Option \opt{listof=} added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{list=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{\caption@setlist{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlist}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setlist|\marg{boolean}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlist{\caption@set@bool\caption@iflist}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionListFormat}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareCaptionListOfFormat} to \cs{DeclareCaptionListFormat}}
+% |\DeclareCaptionListFormat|\marg{name}\marg{code with \#1 and \#2}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionListFormat[2]{%
+ \global\@namedef{caption@lstfmt@#1}##1##2{#2}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionListFormat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{Option \opt{listofformat=} added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Option \opt{listofformat=} renamed to \opt{listformat=}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listformat}{\caption@setlistformat{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setlistformat}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2004/07/15}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Renamed from \cs{caption@setlistofformat} to \cs{caption@setlistformat}}
+% |\caption@setlistformat|\marg{name}\par
+% Selecting a caption list format simply means saving the code (in |\caption@lstfmt|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setlistformat[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@lstfmt@#1}%
+ {\caption@Error{Undefined list format `#1'}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@lstfmt
+ \csname caption@lstfmt@#1\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% There are five pre-defined list formats, taken from the \package{subfig} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{empty}{}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{simple}{#1#2}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{parens}{#1(#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subsimple}{#2}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subparens}{(#2)}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setdefaultlistformat}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/29}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setdefaultlistformat[1]{%
+ \ifx\caption@lstfmt\caption@lstfmt@default
+ \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}%
+ \caption@setlistformat{default}%
+ \else
+ \caption@set@default@listformat{#1}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@set@default@listformat[1]{%
+ \def\caption@lstfmt@default{\@nameuse{caption@lstfmt@#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% `default' usually maps to `subsimple'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@set@default@listformat{subsimple}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Debug option}
+% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Debug option added (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{debug}[1]{%
+ \caption@set@bool\caption@ifdebug{#1}%
+ \caption@ifdebug
+ {\def\caption@Debug{\PackageInfo{caption}}}%
+ {\let\caption@Debug\@gobble}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{debug}{\setkeys{caption}{debug}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\setkeys{caption}{debug=0}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Document classes \& Babel support}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The standard \texorpdfstring{\LaTeX{}}{LaTeX} classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % article|report|book [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1: #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1: #2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifamsclass{%
+ \@ifundefined{@captionheadfont}\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifamsclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifamsclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % amsart|amsproc|amsbook [2004/08/06 v2.20]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup
+ \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent
+ \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp
+ {\@cdr#2\@nil}{.\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}%
+ \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par
+ \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}%
+ \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case
+ \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line
+ \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%
+ \else % tempboxa contained more than one line
+ \setbox\@ne\vbox{\unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip
+ \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure...
+ \addvspace\abovecaptionskip
+ \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%
+ \else % if the float IS NOT a figure...
+ \hbox to\hsize{\kern\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \fi
+ \relax
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % smfart|smfbook [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les articles publies par la SMF]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \ifdim\captionindent>.1\hsize \captionindent.1\hsize \fi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{\color@setgroup
+ \advance\hsize-2\captionindent\noindent
+ \@captionfont\@captionheadfont#1\@xp\@ifnotempty\@xp
+ {\@cdr#2\@nil}{\@addpunct{.}\@captionfont\upshape\enspace#2}%
+ \unskip\kern-2\captionindent\par
+ \global\setbox\@ne\lastbox\color@endgroup}%
+ \ifhbox\@ne % the normal case
+ \setbox\@ne\hbox{\unhbox\@ne\unskip\unskip\unpenalty\unkern}%
+ \fi
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@ % this means caption will fit on one line
+ \setbox\@ne\hbox to\columnwidth{\hss\kern-2\captionindent\box\@ne\hss}%
+ \@tempdima\wd\@ne\advance\@tempdima-\captionindent
+ \wd\@ne\@tempdima
+ \else % tempboxa contained more than one line
+ \setbox\@ne\vbox{\rightskip=0pt plus\captionindent\relax
+ \unvbox\@tempboxa\parskip\z@skip
+ \noindent\unhbox\@ne\advance\hsize-2\captionindent\par}%
+ \fi
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta<64 % if the float IS a figure...
+ \addvspace\abovecaptionskip
+ \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne
+ \else % if the float IS NOT a figure...
+ \noindent\kern\captionindent\box\@ne
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \fi
+ \relax
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\captionmargin\captionindent % set to 3pc by AMS class
+ \begingroup\edef\@tempa{\endgroup
+ \noexpand\caption@g@addto@list\noexpand\caption@sty@default
+ {margin=\the\captionmargin
+ \@ifundefined{smf@makecaption}{}{,maxmargin=.1\linewidth}}}
+ \@tempa
+ \caption@g@addto@list\caption@sls@default{margin*=.5\captionmargin}
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{.\enspace}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\@captionfont}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\@captionheadfont}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\@captionfont\upshape}
+ \captionsetup[figure]{position=b}
+ \captionsetup[table]{position=t}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The beamer class}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifbeamerclass{%
+ \@ifclassloaded{beamer}\@firstofone\@gobble}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifbeamerclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifbeamerclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\beamer@makecaption{%
+ % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau
+ \long\def\beamer@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \def\insertcaptionname{\csname#1name\endcsname}%
+ \def\insertcaptionnumber{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \def\insertcaption{#2}%
+ \nobreak\vskip\abovecaptionskip\nobreak
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{\usebeamertemplate**{caption}}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ \usebeamertemplate**{caption}\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \nobreak\vskip\belowcaptionskip\nobreak}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{default}{#1}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultJustification{\raggedright}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{%
+ \usebeamerfont*{caption}%
+ \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption}}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{%
+ \usebeamercolor[fg]{caption name}%
+ \usebeamerfont*{caption name}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the \package{beamer} document class is used, we offer a beamer
+% template called `caption3' which can be used with option `beamer' or
+% |\setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]|.\par
+% (Note that this is of no use when \thispackage\ is used, too.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \defbeamertemplate{caption}{caption3}{%
+ \caption@make\insertcaptionname\insertcaptionnumber\insertcaption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareOption{beamer}{%
+ % \usebeamertemplate**{caption} will set font
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{}%
+ \setbeamertemplate{caption}[caption3]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{\KOMAScript\ classes support added (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+ \@ifundefined{scr@caption}\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifkomaclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % scrartcl|scrreprt|scrbook [2007/03/07 v2.97a KOMA-Script document class]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \if@captionabove
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \else
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \fi
+ \@@makecaption\@firstofone{#1}{#2}%
+ \if@captionabove
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \else
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionFormat{default}[#1#2#3\par]{%
+ \ifdofullc@p
+ \caption@ifin@list\caption@lsepcrlist\caption@lsepname
+ {\caption@Error{%
+ The option `labelsep=\caption@lsepname' does not work\MessageBreak
+ with \noexpand\setcaphanging (which is set by default)}}%
+ {\caption@fmt@hang{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+ \else
+ #1#2%
+ \ifdim\cap@indent<\z@
+ \par
+ \noindent\hspace*{-\cap@indent}%
+ \else\if@capbreak
+ \par
+ \fi\fi
+ #3\par
+ \fi}
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionformat}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{font}{\scr@fnt@caption}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\scr@fnt@captionlabel}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \NTG{} Dutch classes}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{NTG classes support added (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifntgclass{%
+ \@ifundefined{CaptionFonts}\@gobble\@firstofone}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifntgclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifntgclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % artikel|rapport|boek [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{{\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ {\CaptionLabelFont#1:} \CaptionTextFont#2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\CaptionLabelFont}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\CaptionTextFont}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The thesis class}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/31}{thesis class support added (kernel)}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2009/11/15}{Bugfix 09-11-14: thesis class support revised (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\caption@ifthesisclass{%
+ \@ifundefined{cph@font}{\@gobble}{\@ifundefined{cpb@font}\@gobble\@firstofone}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifthesisclass{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % thesis.cls 1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{{\cph@font #1:} {\cpb@font #2}}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ \@hangfrom{\cph@font #1: }{\cpb@font #2\par}%
+ \else
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFormat{hang}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{labelfont}{\cph@font}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\cpb@font}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchb} package support added (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{FB@makecaption}{}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % frenchb.ldf [2005/02/06 v1.6g French support from the babel system]
+ % frenchb.ldf [2007/10/05 v2.0e French support from the babel system]
+ \long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1\CaptionSeparator #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ #1\CaptionSeparator #2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@makecaption\STD@makecaption
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\CaptionSeparator}
+ \def\caption@frenchb{% supress frenchb warning
+ \let\STD@makecaption\@makecaption
+ \let\FB@makecaption\@makecaption}
+ \else
+ \ifx\@makecaption\@undefined\else
+ \PackageInfo{caption}{%
+ The definition of \protect\@makecaption\space
+ has been changed,\MessageBreak
+ frenchb will NOT customize it}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{\package{frenchle/pro} package support added (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{frenchTeXmods}{}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % french(le).sty [2006/10/03 The french(le) package /V5,9991/]
+ % french(le).sty [2007/06/28 The french(le) package /V5,9994/]
+ \def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \ifFTY%
+ \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}%
+ \def\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\empty%
+ \let\captionseparator\empty%
+ \fi%
+ \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}%
+ \else
+ \@mcORI{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@makecaption{%
+ % french(le).sty [2007/02/11 The french(le) package /V5,9993/]
+ \def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \ifFTY%
+ \def\@secondofmany##1##2\void{##2}%
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{\@secondofmany#2\void}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\empty%
+ \let\captionseparator\empty%
+ \fi%
+ \@mcORI{#1}{\relax\captionfont{#2}}%
+ \else
+ \@mcORI{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionDefaultFont{textfont}{\itshape}%
+ \DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator{default}{\captionseparator\space}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \subsubsection{The hungarian and magyar Babel option}
+% \changes{v3.2}{2009/03/29}{\package{magyar} package support added (kernel)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionListFormat{subperiod}{#2.}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%% \def\caption@tempa#1{\@ifundefined{extras#1}{}{%
+%%% \expandafter\addto\csname extras#1\endcsname{%
+%%% % reverse changes made by magyar.ldf
+%%% \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption
+%%% \babel@save\@makecaption
+%%% \caption@redefine
+%%% \babel@save\@caption
+%%% % change default labelsep and listformat
+%%% \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{period}%
+%%% \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subperiod}}%
+%%% \expandafter\addto\csname noextras#1\endcsname{%
+%%% % change default labelsep and listformat
+%%% \caption@setdefaultlabelsep{colon}%
+%%% \caption@setdefaultlistformat{subsimple}}%
+%%% }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%% \caption@tempa{hungarian}
+%%% \caption@tempa{magyar}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Execution of options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup{style=default,position=default,%
+ list,listformat=default,twoside=\if@twoside 1\else 0\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptions*
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/10}{Check of document class added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfCheckCommand{%
+ \caption@setbool{documentclass}{1}%
+}{%
+ \caption@setbool{documentclass}{0}%
+ \PackageInfo{caption}{%
+ Unknown document class (or package),\MessageBreak
+ standard defaults will be used}%
+ \caption@Debug{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption\@gobble}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Making an `List of' entry}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@addcontentsline|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\par
+% Makes an entry in the list-of-whatever, if requested,
+% i.e.~the argument \meta{list entry} is not empty and
+% |listof=| was set to |true|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addcontentsline[2]{%
+ \caption@iflist
+ {\def\@tempa{#2}}%
+ {\let\@tempa\@empty}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty \else
+ {\let\\\space
+ \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline
+ {\caption@lstfmt{\@nameuse{p@#1}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}%
+ {\ignorespaces #2}}}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Typesetting the caption}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifcaption@star}
+% If the starred form of |\caption| is used, this will be set to |true|.
+% (It will be reset to |false| at the end of |\caption@@make|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifcaption@star
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@fnum}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/21}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@fnum|\marg{float type}\par
+% Typesets the caption label; as replacement for |\fnum@|\meta{float type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@fnum[1]{\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@make}
+% |\caption@make|\marg{float name}\marg{ref.\ number}\marg{text}\par
+% Typesets the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@make[2]{\caption@@make{\caption@lfmt{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@make}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-05: \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionindent=}\cs{z@} added}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-10-26: Use \cs{@tempdima} instead of
+% \cs{captionmargin} resp. \cs{captionwidth}; check for \cs{z@} added}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{hskip}\cs{captionmargin} to the end
+% of caption added}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix: \cs{strut} moved from here to \cs{caption@@@make}}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Single-line-check moved up so it can affect margins now}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Improvement: \cs{caption@ifh} added}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/09}{Bugfix: \cs{leavevmode} added}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Uses \cs{sbox} instead of \cs{setbox} in single-line-check}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/04}{Uses \cs{caption@slc} now}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@calcmargin} inside
+% single-line-check replaced by \cs{relax}}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/11}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@startbox} will always be
+% typeset in horizontal mode}
+% \changes{v3.0k}{2006/05/13}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox}}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/04}{Oops, bugfix 04-05-05 got lost in v3.0j, re-added}
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/03}{Usage of \cs{caption@ifoddpage} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} moved below single-line-check}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/28}{\cs{caption@stepcounter} added}
+% |\caption@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@make[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@stepcounter
+ \caption@beginhook
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Check margin, if |\caption@minmargin| or |\caption@maxmargin| is set
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\caption@maxmargin\@undefined \else
+ \ifdim\captionmargin>\caption@maxmargin\relax
+ \captionmargin\caption@maxmargin\relax
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifx\caption@minmargin\@undefined \else
+ \ifdim\captionmargin<\caption@minmargin\relax
+ \captionmargin\caption@minmargin\relax
+ \fi
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Special single-line treatment (option |singlelinecheck=|)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifslc{\caption@slc{#1}{#2}\captionwidth\relax}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the left margin (option |margin=|)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@calcmargin
+ \@tempdima\captionmargin
+ \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else
+ \caption@ifoddpage{}{\advance\@tempdima\captionmargin@}%
+ \fi
+ \caption@ifh{\advance\@tempdima\caption@indent}%
+ \hspace\@tempdima
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% We actually use a |\vbox| of width |\captionwidth - \caption@indent|
+% to typeset the caption.
+% \Note{\cs{captionindent} is \emph{not} supported if the caption format
+% was defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionFormat*}.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@tempdima\captionwidth
+ \caption@ifh{\advance\@tempdima-\caption@indent}%
+ \caption@parbox\@tempdima{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the indention (option |indention=|)\\
+% {\small Bugfix 04-05-05:
+% |\hskip-\caption@indent| replaced by |\ifdim\caption@indent=\z@|\ldots}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifh{%
+ \ifdim\caption@indent=\z@
+ \leavevmode
+ \else
+ \hskip-\caption@indent
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the caption itself and close the |\caption@parbox|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Typeset the right margin (option |margin=|)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@tempdima\captionmargin
+ \ifdim\captionmargin@=\z@ \else
+ \caption@ifoddpage{\advance\@tempdima\captionmargin@}{}%
+ \fi
+ \hspace\@tempdima
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@endhook
+ \endgroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\caption@starfalse}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@calcmargin}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/24}{Internal: \cs{ifcaption@width} replaced by
+% \cs{ifdim}\cs{captionwidth=}\cs{z@}}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{Improvement: Takes care of list environment now}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/13}{Check of \cs{@listdepth} removed (not necessary anymore),
+% use \cs{linewidth} instead of \cs{hsize}}
+% |\caption@calcmargin|\par
+% Calculate |\captionmargin| \& |\captionwidth|, so both contain valid
+% values.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@calcmargin{%
+ \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@
+ \captionwidth\linewidth
+ \advance\captionwidth by -2\captionmargin
+ \advance\captionwidth by -\captionmargin@
+ \else
+ \captionmargin\linewidth
+ \advance\captionmargin by -\captionwidth
+ \divide\captionmargin by 2
+ \captionmargin@\z@
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@Debug{%
+ \string\hsize=\the\hsize,
+ \string\linewidth=\the\linewidth,\MessageBreak
+ \string\leftmargin=\the\leftmargin,
+ \string\rightmargin=\the\rightmargin,\MessageBreak
+ \string\margin=\the\captionmargin,
+ \string\margin@=\the\captionmargin@,
+ \string\width=\the\captionwidth}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@slc}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@setup}\cs{caption@sls} added after \cs{begingroup}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\cs{caption@calcmargin} added}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/14}{Support of \cs{caption@slfmt} added}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{`SingleLine' renamed to `singleline' for consistency}
+% |\caption@slc|\marg{label}\marg{text}\marg{width}\marg{extra code}\par
+% This one does the single-line-check.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@slc[4]{%
+ \caption@Debug{Begin SLC}%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@singleline
+ \let\caption@hj\@empty
+ \caption@calcmargin % calculate #3 if necessary
+ \caption@prepareslc
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{\caption@@@make{#1}{#2}}%
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>#3%
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@singleline
+ #4%
+ \fi
+ \caption@Debug{End SLC}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@singleline{%
+ \caption@xsetup\caption@opt@singleline
+ \let\caption@fmt\caption@slfmt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareslc}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{label} \& \cs{@footnotetext} added}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Redefine \cs{stepcounter} instead of \cs{footnote(mark)}}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} added}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/09}{Support of \package{endnotes} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{\cs{let}\cs{caption@hj}\cs{relax} moved to \cs{caption@slc}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Redefinition of \cs{(H@)refstepcounter} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{Redefinition of \cs{label} improved}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Definition of \cs{caption@l@stepcounter} added}
+% |\caption@prepareslc|\par
+% Re-define anything which would disturb the single-line-check.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@prepareslc{%
+ \let\@footnotetext\@gobble\let\@endnotetext\@gobble
+ \def\label{\caption@withoptargs\@gobbletwo}%
+ \let\stepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter
+ \let\refstepcounter\stepcounter\let\H@refstepcounter\stepcounter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@l@stepcounter[1]{\advance\csname c@#1\endcsname\@ne\relax}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@parbox}
+% \changes{v3.0k}{2006/05/13}{We define \cs{caption@parbox} instead of
+% \cs{caption@start/endbox}}
+% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Bugfix 07-03-09: \cs{caption@parbox} changed from
+% \cs{parbox-t} to \cs{parbox-b}}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Renamed from \cs{captionbox} to \cs{caption@parbox}}
+% |\caption@parbox|\marg{width}\marg{contents}\par
+% This macro defines the box which surrounds the caption paragraph.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@parbox{\parbox[b]}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@@make}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Bugfix 04-05-06: \cs{allowhyphens} added}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 04-12-16: Use some kind of
+% \cs{@startstrut}\cs{strutbox} instead of \cs{strut}}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2005/02/12}{Bugfix 05-01-23: \cs{@finalstrut}\cs{strutbox} added}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Use \cs{caption@ifempty};
+% \cs{let}\cs{caption@ifstrut}\cs{@secondoftwo} added}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Handling of \cs{ifcaption@star} changed}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/24}{Check for empty label added}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/25}{\cs{caption@iflf} added}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{Usage of \cs{caption@tfmt} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Bugfix: \cs{ifhmode} added to \cs{@finalstrut}}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/17}{Made option \opt{size=} stronger than \opt{font=}}
+% |\caption@@@make|\marg{caption label}\marg{caption text}\par
+% This one finally typesets the caption paragraph, without margin and indention.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@@make[2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the label is empty, we use no caption label separator.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@
+ \let\caption@lsep\relax
+% \@capbreakfalse
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the text is empty, we use no caption label separator, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifempty{#2}{%
+ \let\caption@lsep\relax
+% \@capbreakfalse
+% \let\caption@ifstrut\@secondoftwo
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Take care that |\caption@parindent| and |\caption@hangindent| will be used
+% to typeset the paragraph.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@setpar{\@@par\caption@@par}\caption@@par
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Finally typeset the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@hj\captionfont\captionsize\caption@fmt
+ {\ifcaption@star\else{\captionlabelfont#1}\fi}%
+ {\ifcaption@star\else{\caption@iflf\captionlabelfont\caption@lsep}\fi}%
+ {{\captiontextfont
+ \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\ht\strutbox\@width\z@}{}%
+ \nobreak\hskip\z@skip % enable hyphenation
+ \caption@tfmt{#2}%
+% \caption@ifstrut{\vrule\@height\z@\@depth\dp\strutbox\@width\z@}{}%
+ \caption@ifstrut{\ifhmode\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}{}%
+ \par}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@ifempty}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-defines itself now}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2007/01/22}{Revised so \cs{label} will be detected, too}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Revised so \cs{index} and \cs{glossary} will be detected, too}
+% |\caption@ifempty|\marg{text}\marg{true} (\emph{no} \meta{false})\par
+% This one tests if the \meta{text} is actually empty.
+% \Note{This will be done without expanding the text,
+% therefore this is far away from being bullet-proof.}
+% \Note{This macro is re-defining itself so only
+% the first test (in a group) will actually be done.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@ifempty[1]{%
+ \caption@if@empty{#1}%
+ \caption@ifempty\@unused}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@if@empty[1]{%
+ \def\caption@tempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\@empty
+ \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\caption@tempa\expandafter{%
+ \caption@car#1\caption@if@empty\caption@nil}%
+ \def\caption@tempb{\caption@if@empty}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \let\caption@ifempty\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \def\caption@tempb{\ignorespaces}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobble#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption@tempb{\label}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption@tempb{\index}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}%
+ \else
+ \def\caption@tempb{\glossary}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+ \expandafter\caption@if@empty\expandafter{\@gobbletwo#1}%
+ \else
+ \let\caption@ifempty\@gobbletwo
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@car#1#2\caption@nil{#1}% same as \@car, but \long
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@par}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{Made this definition global}
+% |\caption@@par|\par
+% This command will be executed with every |\par| inside the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@par{%
+ \parindent\caption@parindent\hangindent\caption@hangindent}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Types \& sub-types}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionType}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/08/12}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{Three optional arguments added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Renamed from \cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} to \cs{DeclareCaptionType}}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{Optional argument revised, uses key-value syntax now}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Uses \cs{caption@within@default} now}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Support of \cs{float@exts} and \cs{float@addtolists} added}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@DeclareWithinOption} added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionType|\oarg{options}\marg{environment}\oarg{name}\oarg{list name}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionType{%
+ \@testopt\@DeclareCaptionType{}}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@DeclareCaptionType[#1]#2{%
+ \def\caption@type{#2}%
+ \caption@Debug{New type `#2'}%
+ \newcounter{#2}\@namedef{theH#2}{}%
+ \KV@caption@DCT@within\caption@within@default
+ \caption@DeclareWithinOption{#2}%
+ \KV@caption@DCT@placement{tbp}%
+ \@ifundefined{c@float@type}%
+ {\newcounter{float@type}%
+ \setcounter{float@type}{\@ifundefined{c@figure}14}}%
+ {}%
+ \caption@Debug{float type `#2'=\the\value{float@type}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname ftype@#2\endcsname{\the\value{float@type}}%
+ \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}%
+ \KV@caption@DCT@fileext{lo#2}%
+ \@namedef{fnum@#2}{\@nameuse{#2name}\nobreakspace\@nameuse{the#2}}%
+ \newenvironment{#2}{\@float{#2}}{\end@float}%
+ \newenvironment{#2*}{\@dblfloat{#2}}{\end@dblfloat}%
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname listof#2s\endcsname{\caption@listof{#2}}%
+ \@ifundefined{l@figure}%
+ {\@namedef{l@#2}{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}}%
+ {\expandafter\let\csname l@#2\endcsname\l@figure}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname #2name\endcsname{}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}}%
+ \uppercase\expandafter{\@tempa}%
+ \edef\@tempb{\noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\@tempa{\@cdr#2\@nil}}%
+ \@tempb
+ \expandafter\let\csname #2name\endcsname\@tempa
+ \expandafter\newcommand\csname list#2name\endcsname{}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname list#2name\endcsname{List of \@tempa s}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@cons\caption@typelist{{#2}}%
+ \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@DCT}{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{float@exts}{\newtoks\float@exts}{}%
+ \let\float@do=\relax
+ \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\float@exts{\the\float@exts\float@do{\@nameuse{ext@#2}}}}%
+ \@tempa
+ \@ifundefined{float@addtolists}{%
+ \newcommand\float@addtolists[1]{%
+ \def\float@do####1{\addtocontents{####1}{##1}}\the\float@exts}%
+ \@ifundefined{@chapter}{}{\caption@PatchChapter}}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifnextchar[\@@DeclareCaptionType\relax}
+\@onlypreamble\@DeclareCaptionType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{%
+ \KV@caption@DCT@name{#1}%
+ \@ifnextchar[\@@@DeclareCaptionType\relax}
+\@onlypreamble\@@DeclareCaptionType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@@DeclareCaptionType[#1]{%
+ \KV@caption@DCT@listname{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble\@@@DeclareCaptionType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\DeclareFloatingEnvironment\DeclareCaptionType % old command name
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatingEnvironment
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@within@default}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{This macro added}
+% The default `within' value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@within@default{\@ifundefined{c@chapter}{none}{chapter}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@within@default
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@listof}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@listof|\marg{float type}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@listof[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\listfigurename\csname list#1name\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ext@figure\csname ext@#1\endcsname
+ \let\caption@ORI@starttoc\@starttoc
+ \renewcommand*\@starttoc[1]{%
+ \expandafter\caption@ORI@starttoc\expandafter{\ext@figure}}%
+ \listoffigures
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@typelist}
+% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the caption types defined
+% with |\Declare|\x|Caption|\x|Type|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@typelist{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The available \meta{options} are:
+% |fileext=|\meta{file extension},
+% |listname=|\meta{list name},
+% |name=|\meta{prosa name},
+% |placement=|\meta{htbp},
+% |within=|\meta{none,chapter,section}, and
+% |without|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{caption@DCT}{fileext}{\@namedef{ext@\caption@type}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{fileext}
+\define@key{caption@DCT}{listname}{\@namedef{list\caption@type name}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{listname}
+\define@key{caption@DCT}{name}{\@namedef{\caption@type name}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{name}
+\define@key{caption@DCT}{placement}{\@namedef{fps@\caption@type}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{placement}
+\define@key{caption@DCT}{within}{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@chapter}{}{\@removefromreset\caption@type{chapter}}%
+ \@removefromreset\caption@type{section}%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setkeys[caption]{caption@within}{#1}%
+ \endgroup}
+%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{within}
+\define@key{caption@DCT}{without}{\KV@caption@DCT@within{none}}
+%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@DCT}{without}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/29}{Bugfix 08-09-25: \texttt{within=section} fixed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define@key{caption@within}{none}[]{%
+ \caption@within{}{}}
+%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{none}
+\define@key{caption@within}{section}[]{%
+ \@addtoreset\caption@type{section}%
+ \caption@within{\ifnum\c@section>\z@ \thesection.\fi}{\theHsection.}}
+%\@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{section}
+\@ifundefined{c@chapter}{}{%
+ \define@key{caption@within}{chapter}[]{%
+ \@addtoreset\caption@type{chapter}%
+ \caption@within{\ifnum\c@chapter>\z@ \thechapter.\fi}{\theHchapter.}}
+}% \@onlypreamble@key{caption@within}{chapter}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@within}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@within|\marg{thecode}\marg{theHcode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@within{%
+ \expandafter\caption@within@\expandafter{\caption@type}}
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@within
+\newcommand*\caption@within@[3]{%
+ \global\@namedef{the#1}{#2\arabic{#1}}%
+ \@ifundefined{theH#1}\caption@AtBeginDocument\@firstofone
+ {\global\@namedef{theH#1}{#3\arabic{#1}}}}
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@within@
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@removefromreset}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
+% This code was taken from the \package{remreset} package
+% which is part of the `carlisle' package bundle.
+% (Copyright 1997 David Carlisle)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\@removefromreset[2]{{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\@removefromreset
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\@removefromreset
+ \else
+ \noexpand\@elt{##1}%
+ \fi}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname cl@#2\endcsname{%
+ \csname cl@#2\endcsname}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@PatchChapter}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{This macro added}
+% We try to patch \cs{@chapter} so \cs{float@addtolists} will be supported.
+% (Note: The \KOMAScript\ classes already support \cs{float@addtolists}.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@PatchChapter{%
+ \providecommand*\@chapterlistsgap{10\p@}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ % report.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \caption@patch@chapter{report}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \fi
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ % book.cls [2005/09/16 v1.4f Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \caption@patch@chapter{book}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \fi
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ % amsbook.cls [2004/08/06 v2.20]
+ % smfbook.cls [1999/11/15 v1.2f Classe LaTeX pour les monographies editees par la SMF]
+ \caption@patch@chapter{ams/smfbook}{%
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty
+ \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}%
+ \def\@toclevel{0}%
+ \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}%
+ \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading
+ }{%
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \ifnum\c@secnumdepth<\z@ \let\@secnumber\@empty
+ \else \let\@secnumber\thechapter \fi
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\@secnumber}%
+ \def\@toclevel{0}%
+ \ifx\chaptername\appendixname \@tocwriteb\tocappendix{chapter}{##2}%
+ \else \@tocwriteb\tocchapter{chapter}{##2}\fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \fi
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}\@afterheading}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ % scrreprt/scrbook.cls
+ \@ifundefined{KOMAClassName}{}{%
+ \caption@Debug{document class `\KOMAClassName' detected}%
+ \let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ % rapport1/3.cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
+ \caption@patch@chapter{rapport}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \fi
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ % boek(3).cls [2004/06/07 v2.1a NTG LaTeX document class]
+ \caption@patch@chapter{boek}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\toc@font0 ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \fi
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ % thesis.cls [1996/25/01 1.0g LaTeX document class (wm).]
+ \caption@patch@chapter{thesis}{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}
+ \if@thema
+ \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}%
+ \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10pt}}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi
+ }{%
+ \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne
+ \if@mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\chaptername\space\thechapter.}%
+ \if@thema
+ \ifx\@shortauthor\@empty
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}%
+ \@shortauthor\hfill\mbox{}\vskip\normallineskip ##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\thechapter.}##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{##1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{##1}%
+ \ifdim \@chapterlistsgap>\z@
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \float@addtolists{\protect\addvspace{\@chapterlistsgap}}%
+ \fi
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{##2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{##2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree \else
+ \caption@Debug{%
+ Unsupported document class detected,\MessageBreak
+ or \noexpand\@chapter was redefined by another package}%
+ \fi
+ \let\caption@PatchChapter\@undefined}
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@PatchChapter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@patch@chapter[3]{%
+ \begingroup
+% \let\if@twocolumn\iffalse
+ \let\if@mainmatter\iffalse
+ \let\if@thema\iffalse
+ \def\@tempa[##1]##2{#2}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@chapter
+ \caption@Debug{document class `#1' detected}%
+ \gdef\@chapter[##1]##2{#3}%
+ \global\let\caption@patch@chapter\@gobblethree
+ \fi
+ \endgroup}
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@patch@chapter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def \@gobblethree #1#2#3{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@stpelt}
+% We patch \cs{@stpelt} so a list of `connected' counters will be reset, too.
+% (Like \cs{stepcounter} does in |ltcounts.dtx|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@patch@stpelt{%
+ \let\caption@stpelt\@stpelt
+ \def\@stpelt##1{%
+ \caption@stpelt{##1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\@elt\caption@stpelt
+ \csname caption@cl@##1\endcsname
+ \endgroup}%
+ \let\caption@patch@stpelt\relax}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@patch@stpelt
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtoreset}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{This macro added}
+% Like \cs{@addtoreset} from |ltcounts.dtx|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addtoreset[2]{%
+ \caption@patch@stpelt
+ \@ifundefined{caption@cl@#2}{\@namedef{caption@cl@#2}{}}{}%
+ \expandafter\@cons\csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname{{#1}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@addtoreset
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addtoreset}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{This macro added}
+% Like \cs{@removefromreset} from |remreset.sty|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@removefromreset[2]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\caption@removefromreset
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname c@##1\endcsname\caption@removefromreset
+ \else
+ \noexpand\@elt{##1}%
+ \fi}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname{%
+ \csname caption@cl@#2\endcsname}%
+ \endgroup}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@removefromreset
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCaptionSubType}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/11}{Bugfix: \cs{subfigurename} will be defined now}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-10-01: Usage of \cs{caption@addtoreset} added}
+% |\DeclareCaptionSubType|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\\
+% |\DeclareCaptionSubType*|\oarg{numbering scheme}\marg{type}\par
+% The starred variant provides the numbering format
+% \meta{type}|.|\meta{subtype} while the non-starred variant simply
+% uses \meta{subtype}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DeclareCaptionSubType{%
+ \caption@teststar\@DeclareCaptionSubType\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+\@onlypreamble\DeclareCaptionSubType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@DeclareCaptionSubType[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\@@DeclareCaptionSubType{#1}}{alph}}
+\@onlypreamble\@DeclareCaptionSubType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@@DeclareCaptionSubType#1[#2]#3{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@#3}%
+ {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {\@ifundefined{c@sub#3}%
+ {\caption@Debug{New subtype `sub#3'}%
+ \newcounter{sub#3}%
+ \caption@addtoreset{sub#3}{#3}%
+ \@namedef{ext@sub#3}{\csname ext@#3\endcsname}%
+ \@ifundefined{l@chapter}%
+ {\edef\@tempa{\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand
+ \expandafter\@car\l@subsubsection\@nil}%
+ \def\@tempb{\@dottedtocline}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb % \l@subsubsection starts with \@dottedtocline
+ \expandafter\edef\csname l@sub#3\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\@dottedtocline{2}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand
+ \expandafter\@gobbletwo\l@subsubsection}%
+ \else
+ \@namedef{l@sub#3}{\@dottedtocline{2}{3.8em}{3.2em}}%
+ \fi}%
+ {\expandafter\let\csname l@sub#3\endcsname\l@subsection}%
+ \@cons\caption@subtypelist{{#3}}}%
+ {\caption@Debug{Modify caption `sub#3'}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{sub#3name}{}%
+ \@namedef{sub#3autorefname}{\csname #3name\endcsname}%
+ #1% is \@firstoftwo in star form, and \@secondoftwo otherwise
+ {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{}%
+ \@namedef{thesub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname.\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}%
+ {\@namedef{p@sub#3}{\csname the#3\endcsname}%
+ \@namedef{thesub#3}{\@nameuse{#2}{sub#3}}}%
+ \@namedef{theHsub#3}{\csname theH#3\endcsname.\arabic{sub#3}}%
+ }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@onlypreamble\@@DeclareCaptionSubType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypelist}
+% An \cs{@elt}-list containing the subtypes defined
+% with |\Declare|\x|Caption|\x|Sub|\x|Type|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@subtypelist{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@For}
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Renamed from \cs{ForFloatingEnvironments} to \cs{caption@For}}
+% |\caption@For|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1}\\
+% |\caption@For*|\marg{elt-list}\marg{code with \#1}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@For{\caption@withoptargs\caption@@For}
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@For
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@@For[3]{%
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument#1{%
+ \def\@elt##1{#3}%
+ \@nameuse{caption@#2}%
+ \let\@elt\relax}}%
+%\@onlypreamble\caption@@For
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{subfig package adaptions}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{Several adaptions to the \package{subfig} package added}
+%
+% We have to make several adaptions to \thispackage~\version{3.1} here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \def\@tempa{\@ifstar\sf@@subref\sf@subref}%
+ \ifx\subref\@tempa
+ \PackageInfo{caption3}{subfig package 1.2 or 1.3 is loaded\@gobble}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble
+ \let\@dottedxxxline\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline
+ \let\sf@subfloat\sf@NEW@subfloat
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi
+ \let\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline\@undefined
+ \let\sf@NEW@subfloat\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\sf@NEW@dottedxxxline#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setfloattype{#1}%
+ \caption@setoptions{subfloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{sub#1}%
+ \ifnum #3>\@nameuse{c@#2depth}\else
+ \@dottedtocline{\z@}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\sf@NEW@subfloat{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setfloattype\@captype
+ \sf@ifpositiontop{%
+ \maincaptiontoptrue
+ }{%
+ \maincaptiontopfalse
+ }%
+ \caption@setoptions{subfloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{sub\@captype}%
+ \let\sf@oldlabel=\label
+ \let\label=\subfloat@label
+ \ifmaincaptiontop\else
+ \advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\@ne
+ \fi
+ \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}%
+ \setcounter{sub\@captype @save}{\value{sub\@captype}}%
+ \@ifnextchar [% %] match left bracket
+ {\sf@@subfloat}%
+ {\sf@@subfloat[\@empty]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</kernel>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Main package}
+% \iffalse
+%<*package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{caption}[2010/01/09 v3.1m Customizing captions (AR)]
+%\@ifundefined{PackageRedefines}{}{\PackageRedefines{caption}{caption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@Info}
+% \Note{The \cs{@gobble} at the end of the 2nd argument of
+% \cs{PackageInfo} suppresses the line number info.
+% See TLC2\cite{TLC2}, A.4.7, p885 for details.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@Info[1]{\PackageInfo{caption}{#1\@gobble}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@Info
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Loading the kernel}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption3}[=2008/08/24] % needs v1.1j or newer
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Check against incompatible document classes}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifbool{documentclass}{}{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{%
+ Unsupported document class (or package) detected,\MessageBreak
+ usage of the caption package is not recommended}%
+ \caption@Info{\string\@makecaption\space=\space\meaning\@makecaption}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Check against incompatible packages}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0p}{2007/04/06}{Check against obsolete \package{caption2} package added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{caption2}{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ You can't use both, the (obsolete) caption2 *and*\MessageBreak
+ the (current) caption package}%
+ \endinput
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{ftcap} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/15}{Check against incompatible \package{nonfloat} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/18}{Check against incompatible \package{topcapt} package added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{ftcap}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{ftcap}}{}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{nonfloat}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{nonfloat}}{}%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{topcapt}{\caption@DisablePositionOption{topcapt}}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@DisablePositionOption}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{\texttt{position=b} added}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/03/29}{%
+% Name changed from \cs{caption@IncompatiblePackage} to \cs{caption@DisablePositionOption};
+% moved from package to kernel; disables the `position' option now instead of issuing a warning}
+% |\caption@DisablePositionOption|\marg{package}\par
+% disables the `position' option.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@DisablePositionOption[1]{%
+ \caption@Info{%
+ `#1' package detected; setting `position=b' for compatibility reasons}%
+ \caption@setposition b%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{position}{%
+ \caption@Error{Usage of the `position' option is incompatible\MessageBreak
+ to the `#1' package}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@DisablePositionOption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Declaration of options}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Options for figure and table}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/09}{Options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{%
+ \captionsetup*[figure]{position=#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{figureposition}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{%
+ \captionsetup*[table]{position=#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{tableposition}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} re-written}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{Options \opt{figurename} and \opt{tablename} are now
+% available after the document preamble, too.}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{Option \opt{name} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{figurename}{\caption@SetName{figure}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{tablename}{\caption@SetName{table}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{name}{\caption@setname\@captype{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Options \opt{listfigurename} and \opt{listtablename} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listfigurename}{\caption@SetName{listfigure}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{listtablename}{\caption@SetName{listtable}{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@SetName}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/18}{After-preamble variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/02/28}{Renamed from \cs{caption@SetFloatName} to \cs{caption@SetName}}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix: Works now without \cs{addto}, too}
+% |\caption@SetName|\marg{cmd}\marg{value}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@SetName[2]{%
+ \caption@setname{#1}{#2}%
+ \begingroup
+ \@ifundefined{languagename}{}{%
+ \@ifundefined{captions\languagename}{}{%
+ \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname captions\languagename\endcsname
+ {\caption@setname{#1}{#2}}}}%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setname[2]{\@namedef{#1name}{#2}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\caption@SetName\caption@setname}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/21}{Options \opt{figurewithin} and \opt{tablewithin} added}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Option \opt{within} added}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The \opt{within} options are now available within the document, too}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{The global \opt{within} option will now affect user-defined floats
+% declared with \cs{DeclareCaptionType}, too}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareWithinOption}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@DeclareWithinOption[1]{%
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{#1within}{\caption@Within{#1}{##1}}%
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{#1without}{\caption@Within{#1}{none}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@DeclareWithinOption{figure}
+\caption@DeclareWithinOption{table}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{within}{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@figure}{}{\caption@Within{figure}{#1}}%
+ \@ifundefined{c@table}{}{\caption@Within{table}{#1}}%
+ \caption@For{typelist}{\caption@Within{##1}{#1}}%
+ \def\caption@within@default{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{without}{\KV@caption@within{none}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@within}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/21}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@Within[1]{\def\caption@type{#1}\KV@caption@DCT@within}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Miscellaneous options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption*{config}[caption]{%
+ \InputIfFileExists{#1.cfg}%
+ {\typeout{*** Local configuration file #1.cfg used ***}}%
+ {\caption@Warning{Configuration file #1.cfg not found}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Option \opt{@minipage=} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{@minipage}{%
+ \caption@ifinlist{#1}{auto,default}%
+ {\let\caption@if@minipage\@gobbletwo}%
+ {\caption@set@bool\caption@if@minipage{#1}}}
+\captionsetup{@minipage=default}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{caption v1.x compatibility options}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/21}{Option `compatibility' added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption v1.x compatibility options revised}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v1.x$ compatibility options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{compatibility}[1]{\caption@setbool{compatibility}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{compatibility}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normal}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{justified}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{isu}{%
+ \caption@setformat{hang}%
+ \caption@setjustification{justified}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{hang}{%
+ \caption@setformat{hang}%
+ \caption@setjustification{justified}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{center}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{centering}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{anne}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{centerlast}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{centerlast}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{centerlast}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{scriptsize}{\def\captionfont{\scriptsize}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{footnotesize}{\def\captionfont{\footnotesize}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{small}{\def\captionfont{\small}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{normalsize}{\def\captionfont{\normalsize}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{large}{\def\captionfont{\large}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{Large}{\def\captionfont{\Large}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{up}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\upshape}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{it}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\itshape}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sl}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\slshape}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sc}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\scshape}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{md}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\mdseries}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{bf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\bfseries}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{rm}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\rmfamily}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{sf}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\sffamily}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{tt}{\l@addto@macro\captionlabelfont\ttfamily}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{nooneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{0}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@setbool{ruled}{0}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ruled}{\caption@setbool{ruled}{1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{caption2 v2.x compatibility options}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/07/08}{caption2 \version{2.x} compatibility options added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{caption2 v2.x compatibility options revised}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/24}{Bugfix 07-10-24 in caption v2.x$ compatibility options}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushleft}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{raggedright}}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{flushright}{%
+ \caption@setformat{plain}%
+ \caption@setjustification{raggedleft}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{oneline}{\caption@setbool{slc}{1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOptionNoValue*{ignoreLTcapwidth}{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{Obsolete option `ignoreLTcapwidth' ignored}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Obsolete caption v3.0 options}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/07}{Package option \opt{caption} marked as obsolete,
+% gives error now}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption*{caption}{%
+ \caption@setbool{temp}{#1}%
+ \caption@ifbool{temp}{}{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ The package option `caption=#1' is obsolete.\MessageBreak
+ Please pass this option to the subfig package instead\MessageBreak
+ and do *not* load the caption package anymore}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{fltpage package support options}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/09/01}{Options `FPlist' \& `FPref' added}
+% With these options is controlled where the list-of entry and |\ref| resp.
+% |\pageref| or |\autoref| will link to.
+% Defaults are |FPlist=caption| and |FPref=figure| which is inconsistent,
+% but compatible to the usual behaviour of the \package{fltpage} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{FPlist}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{list}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{FPref}[1]{\caption@setFPoption{ref}{#1}}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPlist}
+\@onlypreamble@key{caption}{FPref}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setFPoption[2]{%
+ \edef\caption@tempa{\@car#2\@nil}%
+ \caption@setbool{FP#1cap}{\if c\caption@tempa 1\else 0\fi}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@setFPoption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup{FPlist=caption,FPref=figure}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{hyperref package support options}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{Options `hypcap' \& `hypcapspace' added}
+% With |hypcap=off| one can turn the \package{hypcap} support off
+% (default is |on|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcap}[1]{\caption@setbool{hypcap}{#1}}
+\DeclareCaptionOption{hypcapspace}{\def\caption@hypcapspace{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup{hypcap=1,hypcapspace=.5\baselineskip}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{\AmS{} \& \SmF{} document classes support}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ document classes support added (package)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifamsclass{%
+ \caption@Info{AMS or SMF document class}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \setlength\belowcaptionskip{0pt}% set to 12pt by AMS class
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{\KOMAScript{} document classes support}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/18}{Minimum adaptation to \KOMAScript\ added (package)}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/08/22}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options added (package)}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility commands added (package)}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/18}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised (package)}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility options removed (package)}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/05}{\KOMAScript\ compatibility revised \& enhanced (package)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifkomaclass{%
+ \caption@Info{KOMA-Script document class}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Here we emulate the caption related commands and take over the caption
+% related settings from the \KOMAScript\ classes.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovetrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@tablecaptionabovefalse}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovetrue{\captionsetup*[table]{position=t}}
+ \g@addto@macro\@tablecaptionabovefalse{\captionsetup*[table]{position=b}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@tablecaptionabove
+ \@tablecaptionabovetrue
+ \else
+ \@tablecaptionabovefalse
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionstrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\onelinecaptionsfalse}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionstrue{\let\caption@ifslc\@firstoftwo}
+ \g@addto@macro\onelinecaptionsfalse{\let\caption@ifslc\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifonelinecaptions
+ \onelinecaptionstrue
+ \else
+ \onelinecaptionsfalse
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovetrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\@captionabovefalse}
+% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/03/21}{Bugfix 06-03-21:
+% \cs{let}\cs{caption@setposition}\cs{@gobble} added}
+% \changes{v3.0n}{2006/03/09}{Accidentally this got broken in \version{3.0m}, fixed}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/31}{We redefine \cs{captionabovetrue/false} now
+% instead of \cs{captionabove/below}}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/01}{\cs{def} changed to \cs{g@addto@macro}}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{\opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} will issue a warning now}
+% Please note that these are stronger than the \opt{position} setting, therefore we
+% override the options \opt{figureposition} and \opt{tableposition} to typeout a warning.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\@captionabovetrue{\let\caption@position\@firstoftwo}
+ \g@addto@macro\@captionabovefalse{\let\caption@position\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{figureposition}{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `figureposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak
+ when used with a KOMA script document class}}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{tableposition}{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{Option `tableposition=#1' has no effect\MessageBreak
+ when used with a KOMA script document class}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapindent}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@KOMA@setcapindent\@setcapindent
+ \renewcommand*\@setcapindent[1]{%
+ \caption@KOMA@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@KOMA@@setcapindent\@@setcapindent
+ \renewcommand*\@@setcapindent[1]{%
+ \caption@KOMA@@setcapindent{#1}\caption@setcapindent}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@setcapindent{%
+ \captionsetup{indent=\ifdim\cap@indent<\z@\z@\else\cap@indent\fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{cap@indent}{}{\caption@setcapindent}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapwidth}
+% \Note{The optional argument of \cs{setcapwidth} if not supported (yet),
+% so we issue a warning if used.
+% (Since this does not seem to have an negative effect when used
+% by the \texttt{captionbeside} environment, we suppress the warning here.)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapwidth
+ \csname\string\setcapwidth\endcsname
+ \@namedef{\string\setcapwidth}[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@KOMA@setcapwidth[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapwidth{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@setcapwidth[1]{%
+ \ifx\\#1\\\else
+ \@ifundefined{cap@margin}{}{%
+ \def\@tempa{captionbeside}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@currenvir\else\caption@Warning{%
+ Ignoring optional argument [#1] of \string\setcapwidth\MessageBreak}%
+ \fi}%
+ \fi
+ \captionsetup{width=\cap@width}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@tempa{\hsize}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\cap@width \else
+ \caption@setcapwidth{?}
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\setcapmargin}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@setcapmargin
+ \csname\string\@setcapmargin\endcsname
+ \@namedef{\string\@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@KOMA@setcapmargin[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin
+ \csname\string\@@setcapmargin\endcsname
+ \@namedef{\string\@@setcapmargin}[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@KOMA@@setcapmargin[#1]{#2}\caption@setcapmargin}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@setcapmargin{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\onelinecaptionsfalse\relax
+ \def\@twoside{0}%
+ \def\if@twoside{\def\@twoside{1}\iffalse}%
+ \cap@margin
+ \def\@tempa{\endgroup}%
+ \ifx\cap@left\hfill\else\ifx\cap@right\hfill\else
+ \def\hspace##1##{\@firstofone}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\endgroup
+ \noexpand\captionsetup{%
+ twoside=\@twoside,slc=0,%
+ margin={\cap@left,\cap@right}}}%
+ \fi\fi
+ \@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\cap@margin\relax \else
+ \caption@setcapmargin
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Processing of options}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Verbose option added (package)}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Verbose option removed from package}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/17}{We do not process global options anymore}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ProcessOptions*{caption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{captionof} and \cs{captionlistentry}}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/03}{Option \opt{type=} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/25}{Option \opt{type*=} added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Option \opt{subtype} \& \opt{subtype*} added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{type}{\caption@settype{#1}}%
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{type*}{\caption@settype*{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{subtype}[sub\@captype]{\caption@setsubtype{#1}}%
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{subtype*}[sub\@captype]{\caption@setsubtype*{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \emph{Important Note:}
+% Like |\captionof| the option |type=| should only be used inside a
+% group, box, or environment and does not check if the argument is a valid
+% floating environment or not.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@settype}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Usage of \cs{caption@xlabel} added}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/23}{Error message for \cs{caption@checkgrouplevel} revised}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{\cs{caption@setsubtype} added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/03}{Crappy \cs{caption@iftypewarning} replaced}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Usage of \cs{ifcaptionsetup@star} added}
+% |\caption@settype*|\marg{type}\par
+% sets |\@captype| and executes the options associated with it
+% (using |\caption@setoptions|).
+% Furthermore we check |\currentgrouplevel| (if avail),
+% redefine |\@currentlabel| so a |\label| before |\caption| will result
+% in a hint instead of a wrong reference, and
+% use the macro |\caption@|(|sub|)|typehook| (which will be used by our
+% \package{float} package support).\par
+% The non-starred version sets a \package{hyperref} anchor additionally
+% (if |hypcap=true| and the \package{hypcap} package is not loaded).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@settype{%
+ \caption@@settype{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setsubtype{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\caption@@settype{sub}}%
+ {\caption@Error{Option `subtype=' outside float}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@settype[1]{%
+ \caption@teststar{\caption@@@settype{#1}}\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@@settype[3]{%
+% #1 = "" or "sub"
+% #2 = \@firstoftwo in star form, \@secondoftwo otherwise
+% #3 = <type>, e.g. "figure" or "table"
+ \@ifundefined{c@#3}%
+ {\caption@Error{No float type '#3' defined}}%
+ {\caption@Debug{#1type=#3}%
+ \caption@checkgrouplevel{#1}{%
+ \captionsetup{#1type#2*\@empty=...}#2{ or
+ \@backslashchar#1captionof}{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\caption@tempa{#3}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa \else
+ \ifcaptionsetup@star\else\@nameuse{caption@#1type@warning}\fi
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\let\csname @#1captype\endcsname\caption@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@nameuse{caption@#1typehook}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setoptions{#3}%
+ \ifx\caption@opt\relax
+ \@nameundef{caption@#1type@warning}%
+ \else
+ \@namedef{caption@#1type@warning}{\caption@Warning{%
+ The #1caption type was already set to
+ `\csname @#1captype\endcsname'\MessageBreak}}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@secondoftwo
+ #2{}{%
+ \let\@currentlabel\caption@undefinedlabel
+% \let\@currentHlabel\@undefined
+ \ifx\caption@ORI@label\@undefined
+ \let\caption@ORI@label\label
+ \let\label\caption@xlabel
+ \fi
+ \caption@start}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook}
+% Hook, will be extended later on, e.g.~by our \package{float} package
+% support.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@typehook{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@iftype}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{This macro and its usage added}
+% Since we often need to check if |\@captype| is defined (means: we
+% are inside a floating environment) this helper macro was introduced.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@iftype{%
+ \@ifundefined{@captype}{\let\@captype\@undefined\@secondoftwo}\@firstoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \iffalse
+% \newcommand*\caption@iftype{%
+% \begingroup
+% \@ifundefined{@captype}%
+% {\aftergroup\@secondoftwo}%
+% {\aftergroup\@firstoftwo}%
+% \endgroup}
+% \fi
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@checkgrouplevel}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/15}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Error changed to warning (compatibility)}
+% Checks if |\captionsetup{type=|\ldots|}| or |\caption| is done
+% inside a group or not -- in the latter case a warning message will
+% be issued. (needs \eTeX)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+\expandafter\ifx\csname currentgrouplevel\endcsname\relax
+ \caption@Debug{TeX engine: TeX}
+ \let\caption@checkgrouplevel\@gobbletwo
+\else
+ \caption@Debug{TeX engine: e-TeX}
+ \newcommand*\caption@checkgrouplevel[2]{%
+ \@ifundefined{#1caption@grouplevel}{%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@grouplevel}{\let\caption@grouplevel\z@}{}%
+ \ifnum\currentgrouplevel>\caption@grouplevel\relax
+ \expandafter\edef\csname #1caption@grouplevel\endcsname{%
+ \the\currentgrouplevel}%
+ \else
+ \caption@Warning{\string#2\MessageBreak outside box or environment}%
+ \fi
+ }{}}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@undefinedlabel}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/03}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Contents changed to \texttt{??}}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Contents changed to \cs{caption@xref}(\ldots)}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{Bugfix 08-12-08: \cs{caption@xref} is robust now}
+% This label will be used for |\currentlabel| inside (floating) environments
+% as default. (see above)
+% \iffalse\Note{All commands used have to be robust here.}\fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@undefinedlabel{%
+ \protect\caption@xref{\caption@labelname}{\on@line}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\caption@xref[2]{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{\noexpand\label before \string\caption#2}%
+ \@setref\relax\@undefined{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@labelname{??}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@xlabel}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/11}{Revised}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/04/13}{Bugfix: \cs{pageref} should always work now}
+% The new code of |\label| inside floating environments.
+% |\label| will be redefined using |\caption@withoptargs|, so
+% |#1| are the optional arguments (if any), and
+% |#2| is the mandatory argument here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@xlabel[1]{%
+ \caption@@xlabel
+ \def\caption@labelname{#1}%
+ \caption@ORI@label{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@xlabel{%
+ \global\let\caption@@xlabel\@empty
+ \@bsphack
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}%
+ {\string\providecommand*\string\caption@xref[2]{%
+ \string\@setref\string\relax\string\@undefined{\string##1}}}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionof}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Uses \cs{caption@settype} instead of \cs{def}\cs{@captype}}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/22}{Bugfix: Redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt} removed}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/10/30}{Better compatibility: Will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} now}
+% |\captionof|\marg{type}\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\\
+% |\captionof*|\oarg{lst\_entry}\marg{heading}\par
+% \Note{This will be defined with \cs{AtBeginDocument} so
+% \cs{usepackage}\csmarg{caption,capt-of} will still work.
+% (Compatibility to \version{1.x})}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \def\captionof{\caption@teststar\caption@of{\caption*}\caption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@of[2]{\caption@settype*{#2}#1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\captionlistentry}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Bugfix 07-11-09: `space hack' added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Starred variant added}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% |\captionlistentry|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}\\
+% |\captionlistentry*|\oarg{float type}\marg{list entry}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\captionlistentry{%
+ \caption@teststar\@captionlistentry\@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@captionlistentry[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@listentry{#1}}\@captype}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@listentry#1[#2]#3{%
+ \@bsphack
+ #1{\caption@gettitle{#3}}%
+ {\caption@refstepcounter{#2}%
+ \caption@makecurrent{#2}{#3}}%
+ \caption@addcontentsline{#2}{#3}%
+ \@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{ContinuedFloat}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ContinuedFloat}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{%
+% Call of \cs{caption@ContinuedFloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/11/12}{%
+% Optional argument and call of \cs{caption@@ContinuedFloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.0g}{2005/06/28}{%
+% Bugfix: \cs{newcounter} replaced by \cs{newcount}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/02}{Format of \package{hyperref} extension changed}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/07}{\cs{caption@setoptions} added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variant and hook \cs{sf@ContinuedFloat} added}
+% |\ContinuedFloat|\\
+% |\ContinuedFloat*|\par
+% This mainly decrements the appropriate counter and increments the
+% continuation counter instead.
+% Furthermore we set |\caption@resetContinuedFloat| to |\@gobble| so the
+% continuation counter will not be reset to zero inside |\caption@refstepcounter|.
+% Please forget about the optional argument, it was never working well, is
+% incompatible to the \package{subfig} package, but is still there for
+% compatibility reasons.
+% \Note{The definition of \cs{ContinuedFloat} itself is compatible
+% to the one inside the \package{subfig} package, except for the
+% starred variant and the optional argument.}
+% When the \package{hyperref} package is used we have the problem
+% that the usage of |\ContinuedFloat| will create duplicate
+% hyper links -- |\@currentHref| will be the same for the main float and
+% the continued ones. So we have to make sure unique labels and references
+% will be created each time. We do this by extending |\theHfigure| and
+% |\theHtable|, so for continued floats the scheme
+% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}|\alph{|\meta{continued \#}|}|\end{quote}
+% will be used instead of
+% \begin{quote}\meta{type}|.|\meta{type \#}\quad\quad.\end{quote}
+% \par{\small(This implementation follows an idea from Steven Douglas Cochran.)}
+% \Note{This does not help if the \package{hyperref} package option
+% \texttt{naturalnames=true} is set.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\ContinuedFloat{%
+ \@ifnextchar[\@Continued@Float\@ContinuedFloat}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@Continued@Float[#1]{\addtocounter{#1}\m@ne}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@ContinuedFloat{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\addtocounter\@captype\m@ne
+ \caption@ContinuedFloat\@captype}%
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@ContinuedFloat#1{%
+ \@ifstar{\caption@Continued@Float@{#1}}{\caption@Continued@Float{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@Continued@Float@{%
+ \addtocounter\@captype\@ne
+ \@stpelt{ContinuedFloat}\stepcounter{ContinuedFloat}%
+ \def\caption@resetContinuedFloat##1{\xdef\caption@CFtype{##1}}%
+ \caption@@ContinuedFloat}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@Continued@Float#1{%
+ \edef\caption@tempa{#1}%
+ \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@CFtype
+ \stepcounter{ContinuedFloat}%
+ \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble
+ \caption@@ContinuedFloat{#1}%
+ \sf@ContinuedFloat{#1}%
+ \else
+ \caption@Error{Continued `#1' after `\caption@CFtype'}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@@ContinuedFloat#1{%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname the#1\endcsname\theContinuedFloat
+ \@ifundefined{theH#1}{}{%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH#1\endcsname{%
+ \@alph\c@ContinuedFloat}}%
+ \caption@setoptions{ContinuedFloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{continued#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\sf@ContinuedFloat[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@CFtype{??}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\theContinuedFloat}
+% Its preset to \cs{@empty}, so usually the continuation counter is not
+% included in the caption label or references.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{ContinuedFloat}
+\let\theContinuedFloat\@empty
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@resetContinuedFloat}
+% |\caption@resetContinuedFloat|\marg{type}\par
+% If a continuation counter is defined, we reset it.
+% (This one will be called inside |\@caption|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@resetContinuedFloat[1]{%
+ \@stpelt{ContinuedFloat}\xdef\caption@CFtype{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Internal helpers}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@refstepcounter}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/28}{This macro added}
+% Resets the continuation counter, increments the float (i.e. |figure| or
+% |table|) counter, and sets the |refstepcounter| flag.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@refstepcounter[1]{%
+ \caption@resetContinuedFloat{#1}%
+ \caption@@refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@firstoftwo}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter{\refstepcounter}
+\let\caption@ifrefstepcounter\@secondoftwo
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@dblarg}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/05}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix 07-12-06: Changed so it works without \cs{kernel@ifnextchar}
+% (which was introduced in \LaTeXe\ 2004/01/23), too}
+% A |\relax| was added compared to |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}| will be
+% expanded to |\caption[\relax]{}| (and not to |\caption[]{}|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{kernel@ifnextchar}%
+ {\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{\@ifnextchar[{#1}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}}}%
+ {\newcommand\caption@dblarg[1]{\kernel@ifnextchar[{#1}{\caption@xdblarg{#1}}}}%
+\newcommand\caption@xdblarg[2]{#1[{#2\relax}]{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@begin}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{\cs{caption@settype} changed to \cs{caption@setfloattype}}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/04/12}{Check for default label format added}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Usage of \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{Usage of \cs{caption@setfloattype} \&
+% \cs{caption@resetContinuedFloat} removed}
+% Our handling of |\caption| will always be surrounded by
+% |\caption@begin| (or |\caption@beginex|) and |\caption@end|.\par
+% |\caption@begin|\marg{type} performs these tasks:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item[1.] Start a new group.
+% \item[2.] Define |\fnum@|\meta{type} if the caption label format is set
+% to non-default.
+% \item[3.] Override the |position=| setting, if necessary.
+% (for example if set to |auto| or used inside a |supertabular|)
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@begin[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@setfnum{#1}%
+ \caption@fixposition
+ \global\let\caption@fixedposition\caption@position}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@beginex}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of \opt{listof=} added}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/04}{Takes now 3 args instead of 2, check for empty heading added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/01}{Makes lst-entry now instead of redefining \cs{addcontentsline}}
+% |\caption@beginex|\marg{type}\marg{list entry}\marg{heading}\par
+% performs the same tasks as |\caption@begin| and additionally:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item[4.] Make an entry in the list-of-whatever.
+% \item[5.] Set |\caption@ifempty| according argument \meta{heading}.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@beginex[3]{%
+ \caption@begin{#1}%
+ \caption@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}%
+ \caption@ifempty{#3}{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@end}
+% |\caption@end| closes the group.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@end{%
+ \endgroup
+ \let\caption@position\caption@fixedposition}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{%
+% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} added}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/06}{%
+% Internal hooks \cs{caption@@begin} \& \cs{caption@@end} removed}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfnum}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{This macro added}
+% |\caption@setfnum|\marg{type}\\
+% redefines |\fnum@|\meta{type} according the caption label format
+% set with |labelformat=|. But if |labelformat=default| is set,
+% |\fnum@|\meta{type} will not be overwritten by us.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@setfnum[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{fnum@#1}{\iftrue}{\ifx\caption@lfmt\caption@lfmt@default\else}%
+ \@namedef{fnum@#1}{\caption@fnum{#1}}%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@boxrestore}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro and its usage added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix: Redefinition of CR added}
+% The original code (from |latex/base/ltboxes.dtx|):
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr}
+% \def\@arrayparboxrestore{%
+% \let\if@nobreak\iffalse
+% \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse
+% \let\par\@@par
+% \let\-\@dischyph
+% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii
+% \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip
+% \everypar{}%
+% \linewidth\hsize
+% \@totalleftmargin\z@
+% \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip
+% \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip
+% \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip
+% \sloppy}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\@parboxrestore|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@boxrestore{%
+ \let\if@nobreak\iffalse
+ \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse
+ \let\par\@@par
+% \let\-\@dischyph
+% \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii
+ \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip
+ \everypar{}%
+% \linewidth\hsize
+% \@totalleftmargin\z@
+ \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip
+ \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip
+ \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip
+ \sloppy
+ \let\\\@normalcr
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@normalsize}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% This one will be used by |\@caption| instead of |\normalsize|.\par
+% Its code is equivalent to
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\caption@font{normal}%|
+% \end{quote}
+% but executes faster (since the starred form of |\caption@font|
+% does not use |\setkeys| internally).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@normalsize{%
+ \caption@font*{\KV@caption@fnt@normal\@unused}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@setfloatcapt}
+% Needed for support of the \package{float} package, where the caption will
+% not be typeset directly, but catched in a |\vbox| called |\@floatcapt|
+% instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@start}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref}
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref}
+% All these are needed for support of the \package{hyperref} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{}
+\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone
+\let\caption@start\relax
+\let\caption@@start\relax
+\let\caption@freezeHref\relax
+\let\caption@defrostHref\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@gettitle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% This one is needed for support of the \package{nameref} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@gettitle[1]{%
+ \@ifundefined{NR@gettitle}%
+ {\def\@currentlabelname{#1}}%
+ {\NR@gettitle{#1}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{\cs{caption}, \cs{@caption}, and \cs{@makecaption}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@caption}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/22}{Bugfix: \cs{ContinuedFloat} added}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/13}{Support of \cs{caption*[]} removed}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/01/19}{Minimal support of \textsf{combine} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore}
+% Here comes our definition of |\caption| and |\caption*|.
+% Beside the support of the starred variant this code was adapted to the
+% various packages we support.
+% We are using |\caption@dblarg| instead of |\@dblarg| so |\caption{}|
+% (with an empty arg.) will produce a list-of entry, but |\caption[]{}|
+% won't.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@caption{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\caption@checkgrouplevel\@empty\caption
+ \caption@star
+ {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype}%
+ {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}}%
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\caption outside float}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@star}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/24}{Renamed from \cs{caption@caption} to \cs{caption@star}}
+% A helper macro which processes the optional |*| after |\caption|.
+% \Note{We set \cs{caption@startrue} globally so it works with the
+% \package{sidecap} package, too.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@star[2]{%
+ \@ifstar{\global\caption@startrue#2[]}{#1#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@caption}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/02/04}{Re-written, does not save\&use original definition anymore}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Bugfix: Handling of \texttt{@minipage} flag added}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/28}{Support of option \opt{@minipage} added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Internal: Uses \cs{caption@prepareanchor} now}
+% As above, our version has been adapted to the packages we support.
+% Additionally our code is nested by |\caption@beginex| \&
+% |\caption@end| instead of |\begingroup| \& |\endgroup|.
+% Furthermore we use |\caption@boxrestore| instead of |\@parboxrestore|
+% so this code also works correctly inside list-based environments
+% like |wide| \& |addmargin|. (This, and the fact that we use
+% |\linewidth| instead of |\hsize| inside |\@makecaption|, solves
+% \href{http://www.latex-project.org/cgi-bin/ltxbugs2html?pr=latex/2472}%^^A
+% {\LaTeX\ PR \texttt{latex/2472}}.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifcaption@star \else
+ \caption@prepareanchor{#1}{#2}%
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \par
+ \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \caption@setfloatcapt{%
+ \caption@boxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \caption@normalsize
+ \ifcaption@star
+ \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}%
+ {\ignorespaces\caption@makeanchor{#3}}\par
+ \caption@if@minipage\@minipagetrue\@minipagefalse}%
+ \caption@end}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@prepareanchor}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{This macro added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@prepareanchor[2]{%
+ \caption@makecurrent{#1}{#2}%
+ \caption@ifhypcap\caption@@start{}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecaption}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/05/06}{Usage of \cs{caption@rule} added}
+% |\@makecaption|\marg{label}\marg{text}\par
+% We do basically the same as the original code (from the standard
+% \LaTeX\ document classes), but take care of the |position=| setting
+% and use |\caption@@make| from the \package{caption} kernel to finally
+% typeset the caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \caption@iftop
+ {\vskip\belowcaptionskip}%
+ {\caption@rule\vskip\abovecaptionskip}%
+ \caption@@make{#1}{#2}%
+ \caption@iftop
+ {\vskip\abovecaptionskip\caption@rule}%
+ {\vskip\belowcaptionskip}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@redefine}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/03/30}{This macro added, it contains the patching code now}
+% We only redefine |\caption| and |\@caption| if the current definitions
+% are well known, so documents written in the old (\package{caption}
+% package \version{1.x}) days (where |\caption| \& |\@caption| were not
+% redefined by us) will still compile fine.
+% For example the usage of the \package{captcont} package, which brings
+% it's own definition of |\caption*|, was quite common these days.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@redefine{}
+\g@addto@macro\caption@redefine{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setbool{incompatible}{0}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)]
+ \def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter\@captype
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau
+ \def\caption{
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside figure or table}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter\@captype
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\@caption\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)]
+ \renewcommand\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter\@captype
+ \let\@tempf\@caption
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\relax\else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\let
+ \expandafter\@tempf\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \@dblarg{\@tempf\@captype}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \H@refstepcounter\@captype
+ \@ifundefined{fst@\@captype}{%
+ \let\Hy@tempa\@caption
+ }{%
+ \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption
+ }%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \@latex@error{\noexpand\caption outside float}\@ehd
+ \expandafter\@gobble
+ \else
+ \H@refstepcounter\@captype
+ \let\Hy@tempa\@caption
+ \@ifundefined{float@caption}{%
+ }{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@\@captype\endcsname\float@caption
+ \let\Hy@tempa\Hy@float@caption
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \expandafter\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ {\@dblarg{\Hy@tempa\@captype}}%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{%
+ \caption@Info{%
+ Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\caption).\MessageBreak
+ \string\caption\space=\space\meaning\caption}%
+ \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % ltfloat.dtx [2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \par
+ \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % beamerbaselocalstructure.sty,v 1.53 2007/01/28 20:48:21 tantau
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{% second argument ignored
+ \par\nobreak
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \beamer@makecaption{#1}{\ignorespaces #3}\par\nobreak
+ \endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \caption@CheckCommand\float@caption{%
+% % float.sty [2001/11/08 v1.3d Float enhancements (AL)]
+% \long\def\float@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+% \addcontentsline{\@nameuse{ext@#1}}{#1}%
+% {\protect\numberline{\@nameuse{the#1}}{\ignorespaces #2}}
+% \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox\bgroup\@parboxrestore
+% \normalsize\@fs@capt{\@nameuse{fnum@#1}}{\ignorespaces #3}%
+% \@ifnextchar[{\float@ccon}{\egroup}}%
+% \long\def\float@ccon[#1]{#1\par\egroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/02/27 v6.75t Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+ \ignorespaces
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/04/09 v6.76a Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/06/12 v6.76h Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2007/08/05 v6.76j Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref
+ \else
+ \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\@capstartfalse
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}%
+ \else
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+ \ignorespaces
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{\hyper@@anchor{\@currentHref}{\relax}}#3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2009/11/27 v6.79k Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref
+ \else
+ \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+ \fi
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\@capstartfalse
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}%
+ \else
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+ \ignorespaces
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{%
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}%
+ }%
+ #3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % hyperref.sty [2009/12/09 v6.79m Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ % hyperref.sty [2009/12/28 v6.79z Hypertext links for LaTeX]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref
+ \else
+ \hyper@makecurrent{\@captype}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifundefined{NR@gettitle}{%
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ }{%
+ \NR@gettitle{#2}%
+ }%
+ \par\addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{%
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ }%
+ \begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \if@minipage
+ \@setminipage
+ \fi
+ \normalsize
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname if@capstart\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname iftrue\endcsname
+ \global\@capstartfalse
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces#3}%
+ \else
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{%
+ \ignorespaces
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#3}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{%
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{%
+ \@currentHref
+ }{\relax}%
+ }%
+ #3%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % nameref.sty [2006/12/27 v2.28 Cross-referencing by name of section]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{%
+ \def\@currentlabelname{#2}%
+ \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % nameref.sty [2009/11/27 v2.32 Cross-referencing by name of section]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]{%
+ \NR@gettitle{#2}%
+ \NR@@caption{#1}[{#2}]%
+ }}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % subfigure.sty [2002/07/30 v2.1.4 subfigure package]
+ \long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \@ifundefined{if#1topcap}%
+ {\subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}%
+ {\@nameuse{if#1topcap}%
+ \@listsubcaptions{#1}%
+ \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+ \else
+ \subfig@oldcaption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+ \@listsubcaptions{#1}%
+ \fi}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@CheckCommand\@caption{%
+ % subfig.sty [2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package]
+ \def\@caption{\caption@}%
+% \long\def\caption@#1[#2]#3{%
+% \@ifundefined{caption@setfloattype}%
+% \caption@settype
+% \caption@setfloattype
+% \@captype
+% \sf@ifpositiontop{%
+% \@listsubcaptions{#1}%
+% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+% }{%
+% \sf@old@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}%
+% \@listsubcaptions{#1}%
+% }}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@IfCheckCommand{}{%
+ \caption@Info{%
+ Incompatible package detected (regarding \string\@caption).\MessageBreak
+ \string\@caption\space=\space\meaning\@caption}%
+ \caption@setbool{incompatible}{1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The option |compatibility=| will override the compatibility mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{caption@ifcompatibility}%
+ {\let\caption@ifcompatibility\caption@ifincompatible
+ \let\caption@tempa\caption@WarningNoLine}%
+ {\let\caption@tempa\@gobble}% suppress warning
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifcompatibility{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@tempa{%
+ \noexpand\caption will not be redefined since it's already\MessageBreak
+ redefined by a document class or package which is\MessageBreak
+ unknown to the caption package}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% |\ContinuedFloat| is not supported in compatibility mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@ContinuedFloat[1]{%
+ \caption@Error{Not available in compatibility mode}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% |\caption@start| is not supported in compatibility mode.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \let\caption@start\relax
+ \@ifundefined{caption@ORI@capstart}{}{%
+ \caption@Debug{%
+ Restore hypcap definition of \string\capstart\@gobble}%
+ \let\capstart\caption@ORI@capstart}%
+ \@ifundefined{caption@ORI@float@makebox}{}{%
+ \caption@Debug{%
+ Restore hyperref redefinition of \string\float@makebox\@gobble}%
+ \let\float@makebox\caption@ORI@float@makebox}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@star}
+% We redefine |\caption@star| here so it does not make any harm.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@star[2]{#1#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifincompatible{%
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{%
+ Forced redefinition of \noexpand\caption since the\MessageBreak
+ unsupported(!) package option `compatibility=false'\MessageBreak
+ was given}%
+ }{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption}
+% \begin{macro}{\@caption}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@redefine{%
+ \let\caption\caption@caption
+ \let\@caption\caption@@caption}%
+ \caption@redefine
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@capstart\@undefined
+ \let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\@undefined}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@xfloat}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/09}{This re-definition added}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/22}{Will now be redefined in compatibility mode, too}
+% We redefine |\@xfloat| so inside floating environments our
+% type-specific options will be used, a \package{hyperref}
+% anchor will be set etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@xfloat\@xfloat
+ \def\@xfloat#1[#2]{%
+ \caption@ORI@xfloat{#1}[#2]%
+ \caption@settype{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Some packages (like the \package{hyperref} package for example) redefines
+% |\caption| and |\@caption|, too.
+% So we have to use |\AtBeginDocument| here, so we can make sure
+% our definition is the one which will be valid at last.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{\caption@redefine}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@makecaption}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Support for sub-captions}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Support for sub-captions added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@DeclareSubType}
+% |\caption@DeclareSub| initializes the usage of \cs{caption}
+% in sub-floats.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil{%
+ \caption@Debug{Initializing subtype for `#1'\@gobble}%
+ \@namedef{caption@c@#1}{0}%
+ \@namedef{caption@beginsub#1}{\caption@beginsubfloat{#1}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@DeclareSubType
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{DeclareCaptionSubType}\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@For*{subtypelist}{\caption@DeclareSubType sub#1\@nil}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Initialize the sub-captions defined with \cs{newsubfloat}\cite{subfig}\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \@ifundefined{sf@counterlist}{}{%
+ \@for\sf@temp:=\sf@counterlist\do{%
+ \expandafter\caption@DeclareSubType\sf@temp\@nil}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subtypehook}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/20}{Redefinition of \cs{caption@setlist} added}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-08-12b: \cs{@makecaption} will now be restored here, too}
+% Hook, will be used inside \cs{caption@setsubtype}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@subtypehook{%
+ \ifx\caption\caption@subcaption \else
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ifrefstepcounter{}{%
+ % no \caption or \subcaption in this (floating) environment yet
+ \caption@Debug{Increment \@captype\ counter =\the\value\@captype}%
+ \caption@l@stepcounter\@captype
+ \let\addcontentsline\caption@addsubcontentsline}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\csname caption@c@\@captype\endcsname=\value\@captype \else
+ \caption@Debug{Reset sub\@captype\ counter}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname caption@c@\@captype\endcsname{%
+ \the\value\@captype}%
+ \@stpelt\@subcaptype
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \c@ContinuedFloat=0\relax
+ \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble
+ \let\caption@addcontentsline\caption@kernel@addcontentsline
+ \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@iflist{}{\let\caption@setlist\@gobble}%
+ \caption@setoptions{sub}%
+ \caption@setoptions{subfloat}% for subfig-package compatibility
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption\caption@subcaption
+ \let\@makecaption\caption@makecaption
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@subcaption}
+% Makes a sub-caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@subcaption{%
+ \caption@iftype
+ {\caption@checkgrouplevel{sub}\subcaption
+ \caption@star
+ {\caption@refstepcounter\@subcaptype}%
+ {\caption@dblarg{\@caption\@subcaptype}}}%
+ {\caption@Error{\noexpand\subcaption outside float}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addcontentsline}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/12}{Argument of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} removed}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Argument of \cs{caption@addsubcontentslines} re-added}
+% We extend |\caption@addcontentsline| so it handles sub-captions, too.
+% \Note{\cs{sf@ifpositiontop} \& \cs{@listsubcaptions} are defined by the
+% \package{subfigure} \& \package{subfig} packages.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\caption@kernel@addcontentsline\caption@addcontentsline
+\renewcommand*\caption@addcontentsline[2]{%
+ \sf@ifpositiontop{\@listsubcaptions{#1}}{}%
+ \caption@kernel@addcontentsline{#1}{#2}%
+ \sf@ifpositiontop{}{\@listsubcaptions{#1}}%
+ \caption@addsubcontentslines{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentslines[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \caption@subcontentslines
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@clearsubcontentslines}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \@ifundefined{sf@ifpositiontop}{\let\sf@ifpositiontop\@gobbletwo}{}%
+ \caption@clearsubcontentslines
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@typehook{\caption@checksubcontentslines}%
+ \AtEndDocument{\caption@checksubcontentslines}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@addsubcontentsline}
+% \changes{v3.1i}{2008/08/02}{Bugfix 08-07-28:
+% \cs{label}, \cs{index}, and \cs{glossary} are allowed inside the list entry now}
+% Add a pending sub-caption list entry.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@addsubcontentsline[3]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\label\@gobble \let\index\@gobble \let\glossary\@gobble
+ \protected@edef\@tempa{\endgroup
+ \noexpand\g@addto@macro\noexpand\caption@subcontentslines{%
+ \noexpand\@namedef{the#2}{\csname the#2\endcsname}%
+ \ifx\@currentHref\@undefined \else
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\@currentHref{\@currentHref}%
+ \fi
+ \protect\addcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}}}%
+ \@tempa}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@checksubcontentslines}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/07}{Bugfix: Uses \cs{caption@Error} instead of \cs{subcaption@Error} now}
+% Checks if the list of pending sub-captions is empty, if not,
+% a warning will be issued.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@checksubcontentslines{%
+ \ifx\caption@subcontentslines\@empty \else
+ \caption@Error{%
+ Something's wrong--perhaps a missing \protect\caption\MessageBreak
+ in the last figure or table}%
+ \caption@clearsubcontentslines
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearsubcontentslines}
+% Clear pending sub-caption list entries.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@clearsubcontentslines{%
+ \global\let\caption@subcontentslines\@empty}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Document class \& Babel package support}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \AmS{} \& \SmF{} classes}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/29}{\AmS\ \& \SmF\ classes support added (package)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{smf@makecaption}{}{\let\smf@makecaption\@makecaption}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The beamer class}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/10}{beamer class support added (package)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifclassloaded{beamer}{%
+ \caption@Info{beamer document class}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Since the beamer class do not offer a `list of figures' we switch
+% this support in \thispackage\ off.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \captionsetup{list=false}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{list}[1]{}
+ \DeclareCaptionOption{listof}[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\figure}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added}
+% \begin{macro}{\table}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/17}{This re-definition for \class{beamer} document class added}
+% We redefine |figure| \& |table| so our type-specific options will be used,
+% a \package{hyperref} anchor will be set etc.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ORI@figure
+ \csname\string\figure\endcsname
+ \@namedef{\string\figure}[#1]{%
+ \caption@ORI@figure[#1]%
+ \caption@settype{figure}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\caption@ORI@table
+ \csname\string\table\endcsname
+ \@namedef{\string\table}[#1]{%
+ \caption@ORI@table[#1]%
+ \caption@settype{table}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The \KOMAScript{} classes}
+%
+% \KOMAScript\ contains the code
+% |\AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}|
+% so we need to update |\scr@caption| here, too.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{scr@caption}{}{%
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\scr@caption\caption}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The frenchb Babel option}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2006/05/14}{Adaptation to \package{frenchb} added (package)}
+%
+% Suppress
+% ``Package |frenchb.ldf| Warning: The definition of |\@makecaption| has been
+% changed, frenchb will NOT customize it.''
+% (but only if we emulate this customization)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@nameuse{caption@frenchb}\@nameundef{caption@frenchb}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The frenchle/pro package}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Adaptation to \package{frenchle/pro} added (package)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{frenchTeXmods}{}{%
+ \caption@Info{frenchle/pro package is loaded}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\captionfont@ORI\captionfont
+ \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\captionlabelfont
+ \let\@makecaption@ORI\@makecaption
+% \end{macrocode}
+
+% If |\GOfrench| is defined as |\relax| all the re-definitions regarding
+% captions have already been done, so we can do our patches immediately.
+% Otherwise we must add our stuff to |\GOfrench|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{GOfrench}%
+ {\let\caption@tempa\@firstofone}%
+ {\def\caption@tempa{\g@addto@macro\GOfrench}}%
+ \caption@tempa{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\captionfont\captionfont@ORI
+ \let\captionfont@ORI\@undefined
+ \let\captionlabelfont\captionlabelfont@ORI
+ \let\captionlabelfont@ORI\@undefined
+ \let\@makecaption\@makecaption@ORI
+ \let\@makecaption@ORI\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@cnORI}
+% We update the definition of |\@cnORI| so it actually reflects
+% our definition of |\caption|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@cnORI\caption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@tablescaption}
+% The \package{frenchle/pro} package sets |\caption| to |\@tablescaption| at
+% |\begin{table}| for special treatment of footnotes.
+% Therefore we have to patch |\@tablescaption| so |\caption*| will work
+% inside the |table| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@tcORI\@tablescaption
+ \def\@tablescaption{\caption@star\relax\caption@tcORI}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\f@ffrench}
+% \begin{macro}{\f@tfrench}
+% |\f@ffrench| and |\f@tfrench| reflect |\fnum@figure| and |\fnum@table|
+% when used in French mode. These contain additional code which typesets
+% the caption separator |\captionseparator| instead of the usual colon.
+% Because this breaks with our |\@makecaption| code we have to remove
+% this additional code here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\@eatDP\@undefined
+ \let\caption@tempa\@empty
+ \ifx\f@ffrench\fnum@figure
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@figure\f@ffrench}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\f@tfrench\fnum@table
+ \l@addto@macro\caption@tempa{\let\fnum@table\f@tfrench}%
+ \fi
+ \def\f@ffrench{\ifx\listoffigures\relax\else\figurename~\thefigure\fi}%
+ \def\f@tfrench{\ifx\listoftables\relax\else\tablename~\thetable\fi}%
+ \caption@tempa
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Package support}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/11}{Package options `float', `longtable' etc.
+% are not supported anymore, removed}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@IfPackageLoaded}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/29}{3rd argument \meta{code} added,
+% so no extra check is needed}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/04}{Re-written \& renamed from \cs{caption@ifpackage}
+% to \cs{caption@IfPackageLoaded}}
+% |\caption@IfPackageLoaded|\marg{package}\oarg{version}\marg{true}\marg{false}\par
+% Some kind of combination of |\@ifpackageloaded| and |\@ifpackagelater|.
+% If the \meta{package} is not loaded yet, the check will be (re-)done
+% |\AtBeginDocument|, so the \meta{package} could be loaded later on, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@IfPackageLoaded[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@@IfPackageLoaded{#1}}{}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@IfPackageLoaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@IfPackageLoaded#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{#1}\@firstofone{%
+ \caption@Debug{#1 package is not loaded (yet)\@gobble}%
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument}{%
+ \caption@@ifpackageloaded{#1}[#2]{#3}{#4}}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@IfPackageLoaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caption@ifpackageloaded[1]{%
+ \@testopt{\caption@@ifpackageloaded{#1}}{}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@ifpackageloaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\caption@@ifpackageloaded#1[#2]{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{#1}{%
+ \caption@Info{#1 package is loaded}%
+ \@ifpackagelater{#1}{#2}\@firstoftwo{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ For a successful cooperation we need at least version\MessageBreak
+ `#2' of package #1,\MessageBreak
+ but only version\MessageBreak
+ `\csname ver@#1.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+ is available}%
+ \@secondoftwo}%
+ }{\@secondoftwo}}
+\@onlypreamble\caption@@ifpackageloaded
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@clearmargin}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{This macro and its usage added}
+% This macro will be used by some package support stuff where the usual
+% margin setting is not welcome, e.g. in the \package{sidecap} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\caption@clearmargin{%
+ \setcaptionmargin\z@
+ \let\caption@minmargin\@undefined}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@setbool{needfreeze}{0}
+\caption@AtBeginDocument*{%
+ \caption@ifneedfreeze{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@freeze}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} \& \cs{@caption} revised for enhanced compatibility}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: Made \cs{@caption} long}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/29}{Starred variants of \cs{ContinuedFloat} and \cs{captionsetup} added}
+% |\caption@freeze*|\par
+% Used by the \package{fltpage} \& \package{sidecap} package support.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@freeze{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@@freeze\@gobble\@firstofone}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@@freeze[1]{%
+ \global\let\caption@SCcontinued\relax
+ \global\let\caption@SCsetup\@undefined
+ \global\let\caption@SClentry\@undefined
+ \global\let\caption@SCtext\@undefined
+ \global\let\caption@SClabel\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat
+ \def\ContinuedFloat{%
+ \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@ContinuedFloat}%
+ \def\caption@SC@ContinuedFloat##1{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@setcounter\setcounter
+ \let\caption@ORI@addtocounter\addtocounter
+ \def\setcounter####1####2{\csname c@####1\endcsname####2\relax}%
+ \def\addtocounter####1####2{\advance\csname c@####1\endcsname ####2\relax}%
+ \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat##1%
+ \global\let\caption@SCcontinued\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat
+ \let\setcounter\caption@ORI@setcounter
+ \let\addtocounter\caption@ORI@addtocounter}%
+ \let\caption@ORI@setup\captionsetup
+ \def\captionsetup{%
+ \caption@withoptargs\caption@SC@setup}%
+ \def\caption@SC@setup##1##2{%
+ \caption@g@addto@list\caption@SCsetup{##2}%
+ \caption@ORI@setup##1{##2}}%
+ \let\caption@ORI\caption
+ \def\caption{%
+ \def\caption{\caption@Error{%
+ Only one \noexpand\caption can be placed in this environment}}%
+ \let\captionsetup\caption@setup
+ \let\caption@@refstepcounter\caption@l@stepcounter
+ \caption@ORI}%
+ \long\def\@caption##1[##2]##3{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \gdef\caption@SClentry{##2}%
+ \gdef\caption@SCtext{##3}%
+ \@esphack}%
+ #1{% is \@gobble in star form, and \@firstofone otherwise
+ \def\label##1{\@bsphack\gdef\caption@SClabel{##1}\@esphack}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrost}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This macro added}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{\cs{caption@defrost@setup} added}
+% |\caption@defrost|
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@defrost{%
+ \ifx\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\@undefined
+ \caption@defrost@setup
+ \ifx\caption@SCtext\@undefined \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter\caption@SClentry\expandafter}\expandafter]%
+ \expandafter{\caption@SCtext}%
+ \fi
+ \ifx\caption@SClabel\@undefined \else
+ \expandafter\label\expandafter{\caption@SClabel}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \caption@Error{Internal Error:\MessageBreak
+ \noexpand\caption@defrost in same group as \string\caption@freeze}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@defrost@setup{%
+ \caption@SCcontinued
+ \ifx\caption@SCsetup\@undefined \else
+ \expandafter\captionsetup\expandafter{\caption@SCsetup}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{}%
+ \caption@undefbool{needfreeze}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The float package}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/31}{\package{float} package support rewritten and improved}
+% \iffalse
+% (This is a more straight-ahead implementation, but it only works with v1.3
+% now, so v1.2 is no longer supported. The old code including documentation
+% can be found in caption-30f-050530.zip)
+% \fi
+%
+% The \package{float} package usually do not use the \LaTeX\ kernel command
+% |\@caption| to typeset the caption but |\float@caption| instead.
+% (|\@caption| will only be used if the float is re-styled with
+% |\restylefloat*|.)
+%
+% The main two things |\float@caption| is doing different are:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item The caption will be typeset inside a |\savebox| called |\@floatcapt|
+% so it can be placed above or below the float contents afterwards.
+% \item |\@makecaption| will not be used to finally typeset the caption.
+% Instead |\@fs@capt| will be used which definition is part of the float
+% style.
+% (Note that |\@fs@capt| will not typeset any vertical space above or below
+% the caption; instead this space will be typeset by the float style code
+% itself.)
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{float}[2001/11/08 v1.3d]{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}{%
+ \caption@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}[2007/08/24 v0.2a]{}{}%
+ }{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@of}
+% If the float is defined by the float package (which means |\fst@|\meta{type}
+% is defined) we `execute' this float style, so |\@fs@iftopcapt| is set to its
+% proper value.
+% Furthermore we undo the re-definition of |\caption@setfloatcapt| which was
+% done by |\float@dostyle|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{%
+% \float@ifstyle{#2}{%
+% \float@dostyle{#2}%
+% \let\caption@setfloatcapt\@firstofone}{}%
+% \caption@settype*{#2}#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \fi
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@float@setevery}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 08-12-05: \cs{color@begin/endgroup} added
+% to redefinition of \cs{caption@setfloatcapt}}
+% |\@float@setevery|\marg{float type} is provided by the \package{float}
+% package; it's called every time a floating environment defined with
+% |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat| begins.
+% We use this hook to do some adaptations and to setup the proper caption
+% style (if defined) and additional settings declared with
+% |\captionsetup|\oarg{float style}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@float@setevery\@float@setevery
+ \def\@float@setevery#1{%
+ \float@ifcaption{#1}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% First of all we set the caption position to it's proper value by
+% converting |\@fs@iftopcapt| (which is part of a float style and
+% controls where the caption will be typeset, above or below the float
+% contents) to our |position=| setting.
+% Since the spacing above and below the caption will be done by the float
+% style and \emph{not} by us this sounds quite useless. But in fact it isn't,
+% since some packages based on \thispackage\ (like the \package{subfig}
+% package) could have an interest for this information and therefore use the
+% |\caption@iftop| macro we provide in our kernel. Furthermore we need this
+% information for ourself in |\captionof| which uses |\@makecaption| to
+% finally typeset the caption with skips.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setposition{\@fs@iftopcapt t\else b\fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Afterward we redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| (which will be used inside
+% |\@caption|) so the caption will be set inside the box |\@floatcapt|,
+% without extra vertical space.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\caption@setfloatcapt[1]{%
+ \let\@makecaption\caption@@make
+ \global\setbox\@floatcapt\vbox{%
+ \color@begingroup ##1\color@endgroup}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% To allow different caption styles for different float styles we also
+% determine the current float style (e.g. `ruled') and select
+% a caption style (and additional settings) with the same name, if defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \float@getstyle\float@style{#1}%
+ \caption@setstyle*\float@style
+ \caption@setoptions\float@style
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{}%
+ \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \float@makebox
+ \caption@ORI@float@setevery{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@typehook}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/08}{float package hook added}
+% \LaTeX\ and almost every other packages use
+% |\|\meta{type}|name|
+% to provide a macro for the type resp.~environment name -- for example
+% the command |\figurename| will usually contain the name of the floating
+% environment |figure|:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newcommand\figurename{Figure}|
+% \end{quote}
+% But the \package{float} package doesn't follow this common naming
+% convention:
+% For floats defined with |\newfloat| it uses |\fname@|\meta{type} instead,
+% which breaks with our code (and with |\autoref| and some other things as
+% well).
+% So we have to map the \package{float} package name to the common one here.\par
+% \Note{If the float was not defined with \cs{newfloat} but with
+% \cs{restylefloat} instead, \cs{fname@}\meta{type} is not defined.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@typehook{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname #1name\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1name\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname fname@#1\endcsname
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/26}{Skips of \env{plaintop} and \env{boxed} floats corrected}
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@plaintop}
+% \begin{macro}{\fs@boxed}
+% Since the float styles |plaintop| and |boxed| don't use |\abovecaptionskip|
+% which could be set with |skip=| (|plaintop| uses |\belowcaptionskip| instead of
+% |\abovecaptionskip|, and |boxed| uses a fixed space of |2pt|)
+% we patch the according float style macros here to change this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\fs@plaintop{\def\@fs@mid{\vspace\abovecaptionskip\relax}}%
+ \g@addto@macro\fs@boxed{\def\@fs@mid{\kern\abovecaptionskip\relax}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@ifstyle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
+% |\float@ifstyle|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par
+% Checks if the given \meta{type} (e.g.~|figure|) is associated with a
+% float style (e.g.~|boxed|).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@getstyle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
+% |\float@getstyle|\marg{cmd}\marg{type}\par
+% Determining the float style is not so easy because the only hint
+% provided by the \package{float} package is the macro
+% |\fst@|\meta{float type} which points to the macro which represents the
+% float style. So for example after
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\
+% |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}|
+% \end{quote}
+% |\fst@Program| will be defined as
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\def\fst@Program{\fs@ruled}|\quad.
+% \end{quote}\par
+% So here is what we do: We make the first level expansion of
+% |\fst@|\meta{float type} a string so we can gobble the first four tokens
+% (= |\fs@|), so only the the name of the float style is left.\par
+% \emph{TODO:} We need to convert the catcodes here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\float@getstyle[2]{%
+ \edef#1{%
+ \noexpand\expandafter\noexpand\@gobblefour\noexpand\string
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname fst@#2\endcsname}%
+ \edef#1{#1}%
+ \caption@Debug{floatstyle{#2} = `#1'}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@setstyle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
+% |\float@setstyle|\marg{type}\marg{style}\par
+% Sets or changes the float style associated with \meta{type}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\float@setstyle[2]{%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname fst@#1\endcsname{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname fs@#2\endcsname}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@dostyle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/23}{This macro added}
+% |\float@dostyle|\marg{type}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\float@dostyle[1]{%
+ \@nameuse{fst@#1}\@float@setevery{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@ifcaption}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/23}{This macro added}
+% |\float@ifcaption|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par
+% Here we determine if the user has used |\newfloat| resp.~|\restylefloat|,
+% or |\restylefloat*|.
+% This is quite easy: If |\@float@c@|\meta{captype} is the same as
+% |\float@caption|, the user has used |\newfloat| or |\restylefloat|,
+% otherwise we assume he has used |\restylefloat*|.
+% (This test will fail if some package re-defines |\float@caption|,
+% so we have to assume that there is no one.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname @float@c@#1\endcsname\float@caption
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}}{%
+ \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{\@secondoftwo}%
+ \providecommand*\float@ifcaption[1]{\@secondoftwo}%
+% \clearcaptionsetup{boxed}% used by the floatrow package?
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The skip between `boxed' floats and their caption defaults to |2pt|.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup[boxed]{skip=2pt} % do not issue a warning when not used
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/26}{\opt{strut=0} added to caption style \opt{ruled}}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/05/27}{Option \opt{ruled} fixed}
+% To emulate the `ruled' definition of |\@fs@capt| we provide a caption style
+% `ruled' with appropriate options. But if the package option |ruled| was
+% specified, we setup some caption parameters to emulate the behavior
+% of \thispackage\ \version{1.x} option |ruled| instead, i.e.,
+% the current caption settings will be used, but without margin and without
+% `single-line-check'.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@ifbool{ruled}{%
+ \captionsetup[ruled]{margin=0pt,minmargin=0,slc=0}%
+}{%
+ \DeclareCaptionStyle{ruled}{labelfont=bf,labelsep=space,strut=0}%
+}
+\caption@undefbool{ruled}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The floatflt package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{Support of the \package{floatflt} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatflt}[1996/02/27 v1.3]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\floatingfigure}
+% We patch |\floatingfigure| so |\caption@floatflt| will be used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@floatingfigure\floatingfigure
+ \def\floatingfigure{%
+ \caption@floatflt{figure}%
+ \caption@ORI@floatingfigure}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\floatingtable}
+% Same with |\floatingtable|\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@floatingtable\floatingtable
+ \def\floatingtable{%
+ \caption@floatflt{table}%
+% \caption@setautoposition b%
+ \caption@ORI@floatingtable}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@floatflt}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added}
+% Here we do two things:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{floating|\meta{type}|}| so
+% |\captionsetup[floating|\meta{type}|]{|\ldots|}| is supported.
+% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly.
+% Usually this is done by |\@parboxrestore| inside |\@caption|,
+% but since we use |\@caption@boxrestore| we have to map this to
+% |\@parboxrestore| instead.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@floatflt[1]{%
+ \caption@settype{#1}%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@setoptions{floating#1}%
+ \let\caption@boxrestore\@parboxrestore}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% \subsubsection{The floatrow package}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/01}{Support of the \package{floatrow} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%\caption@IfPackageLoaded{floatrow}[2007/07/01 v0.1p]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The \package{floatrow} package is already adapted for usage with
+% \thispackage. So the main work has already been done by
+% Mrs.~Lapko, there is only one little thing we have to take care about:
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@of}
+% Captions typeset with |\captionof| should have the correct layout,
+% therefore we have to `activate' this layout here with |\flrow@setlist|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \renewcommand*\caption@of[2]{%
+% \flrow@setlist{{#2}}% TODO: always do this?
+% \caption@settype*{#2}#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \fi
+%
+% \subsubsection{The fltpage package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{Support of the \package{fltpage} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{fltpage}[1998/10/29 v.0.3]{%
+ \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FP@helpNote}
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newcommand{\FP@helpNote}[2]{%
+% \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \pageref{#2}!}}%
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\FP@helpNote[2]{%
+ \begingroup % save \caption@thepage
+ \caption@pageref{#2}%
+ \typeout{FP#1 is inserted on page \caption@thepage!}%
+ \endgroup}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatBegin}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/11/16}{Uses `space hack' instead of \cs{ignorespaces} now}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Bugfix 09-09-11: Missing \cs{ignorespaces} added}
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newcommand{\FP@floatBegin}[1]{%
+% \gdef\@captype{#1}%
+% \global\let\FP@savedCaptionCommand\caption%
+% \global\let\FP@savedLabelCommand\label%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}
+% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@figure}%
+% {\global\let\old@Fnum\fnum@table}%
+% \let\FP@LabelText\@empty%
+% \let\FP@CaptionText\@empty%
+% \let\FP@optionalCaptionText\@empty%
+% \renewcommand\label[1]{\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}}%
+% \renewcommand\caption[2][]{%
+% \gdef\FP@optionalCaptionText{##1}\gdef\FP@CaptionText{##2}}%
+% \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}%
+% }%
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\FP@floatBegin[1]{%
+ \def\@captype{#1}%
+ \let\FP@LabelText\@empty
+ \begin{lrbox}{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}%
+ \caption@ifFPrefcap
+ {\caption@freeze\relax}%
+ {\def\label##1{\@bsphack\gdef\FP@LabelText{##1}\@esphack}%
+ \caption@freeze*}%
+ \ignorespaces}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FP@floatEnd}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/30}{Some minor bugfixes}
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \newcommand{\FP@floatEnd}{%
+% \end{lrbox}%
+% \global\setbox\FP@floatCorpusBOX=\box\FP@floatCorpusBOX
+% \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}%
+% \FP@savedLabelCommand{\FP@positionLabel}%
+% \FP@helpNote{\@captype}{\FP@positionLabel}%
+% \FP@float
+% {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test
+% {\begin{\@captype}[p!]
+% \usebox{\FP@floatCorpusBOX}%
+% \refstepcounter{\@captype}%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@LabelText}{\@empty}}
+% {}{\FP@savedLabelCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@LabelText}}%
+% \end{\@captype}}
+% {\addtocounter{\@captype}{-1}}
+% {\begin{\@captype}[b!]%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@guide}{\@empty}}%
+% {}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@captype}{figure}}%
+% {\renewcommand{\fnum@figure}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}%
+% {\renewcommand{\fnum@table}{\old@Fnum\ {\FP@guide}}}}%
+% \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption
+% \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{2pt plus2pt minus 1pt} % length above caption
+% \FP@separatorCaption%
+% \ifthenelse{\equal{\FP@optionalCaptionText}{\@empty}}%
+% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand{\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}%
+% {\FP@savedCaptionCommand[\expandafter\protect\FP@optionalCaptionText]%
+% {\expandafter\protect\FP@CaptionText}}%
+% \end{\@captype}}%
+% }%
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\FP@floatEnd{%
+ \end{lrbox}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \stepcounter{FP@\@captype C}%
+ \caption@label\FP@positionLabel
+ \FP@helpNote\@captype\FP@positionLabel
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\FP@RestoreCounter{%
+ \noexpand\setcounter{\@captype}{\the\value\@captype}%
+ \noexpand\setcounter{ContinuedFloat}{\the\value{ContinuedFloat}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \FP@float
+ {\FP@positionLabel}% location label test
+ {\begin\@captype[p!]%
+ \usebox\FP@floatCorpusBOX
+ \caption@defrost@setup
+ \caption@ifFPlistcap
+ {\caption@refstepcounter\@captype
+ \expandafter\caption@makecurrent\expandafter\@captype
+ \expandafter{\caption@SClentry}}%
+ {\expandafter\captionlistentry\expandafter{\caption@SClentry}}%
+ \caption@makeanchor\relax
+ \ifx\FP@LabelText\@empty \else
+ \expandafter\label\expandafter{\FP@LabelText}%
+ \fi
+ \end\@captype}%
+ {\FP@RestoreCounter
+ \@ifundefined{theH\@captype}{}{%
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname theH\@captype\endcsname{.FP}}}%
+ {\begin\@captype[b!]%
+ \let\FP@savedSetfnumCommand\caption@setfnum
+ \def\caption@setfnum##1{%
+ \FP@savedSetfnumCommand{##1}%
+ \ifx\FP@guide\@empty \else
+ \expandafter\l@addto@macro\csname fnum@##1\endcsname{\ {\FP@guide}}%
+ \fi}%
+ \setlength\abovecaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length above caption
+ \setlength\belowcaptionskip{2pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}% length below caption
+ \caption@setoptions{FP\@captype}%
+ \FP@separatorCaption
+ \caption@ifFPlistcap{}{\let\caption@addcontentsline\@gobbletwo}%
+ \caption@defrost
+ \end\@captype}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines FP-variant, too}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/09/28}{Bugfix regarding newly defined \package{fltpage} environments}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@For{typelist}{%
+ \newcounter{FP@#1C}%
+ \newenvironment{FP#1}{\FP@floatBegin{#1}}{\FP@floatEnd}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{%
+ \let\caption@ifFPlistcap\@undefined
+ \let\caption@ifFPrefcap\@undefined
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The hyperref package}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/11}{Support of the \package{hyperref} package added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/09}{Usage of \cs{hyper@makecurrent} instead of
+% \cs{theHfigure} as indicator for \package{hyperref} package}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hyperref}[2003/11/30 v6.74m]{%
+ \@ifundefined{hyper@makecurrent}{% hyperref has stopped early
+ \caption@WarningNoLine{%
+ Hyperref support is turned off\MessageBreak
+ because hyperref has stopped early}%
+ }{%
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\measuring@true}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@refstepcounter}
+% We redefine |\caption@@refstepcounter| so |\H@refstepcounter| will be used
+% instead of |\refstepcounter| inside |\caption| \& |\captionlistentry|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@@refstepcounter{\H@refstepcounter}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makecurrent}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% We redefine |\caption@makecurrent| so a \package{hyperref} label
+% will be defined inside |\@caption|.
+% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\caption@makecurrent[2]{%
+ \caption@makecurrentHref{#1}%
+ \caption@Debug{hyperref current=\@currentHref}%
+ \caption@gettitle{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@makecurrentHref{\hyper@makecurrent}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makeanchor}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to the current hyperref package}
+% We redefine |\caption@makeanchor| so a \package{hyperref} anchor
+% will be set inside |\@caption|.
+% \Note{Will be redefined by \cs{caption@start}.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\caption@makeanchor[1]{%
+ \caption@Debug{hyperref anchor: \@currentHref}%
+ % If we cannot have nesting, the anchor is empty.
+ \ifHy@nesting
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{#1}%
+ \else
+ \Hy@raisedlink{%
+ \expandafter\hyper@@anchor\expandafter{\@currentHref}{\relax}%
+ }#1%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \g@addto@macro\caption@prepareslc{\let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \paragraph{The hypcap option}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\if@capstart}
+% Like the \package{hypcap} package we define the switch |\if@capstart|, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newif\if@capstart
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@start}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{%
+% \cs{caption@currentHref} renamed to \cs{hc@currentHref}}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/21}{%
+% This macro renamed from \cs{capstart} to \cs{caption@start} and revised}
+% While the \package{hypcap} package defines a macro called |\capstart|
+% our variant is called |\caption@start| and is controlled by the option
+% |hypcap=||false|/|true|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@start{\caption@ifhypcap\caption@start@\relax}%
+ \def\caption@start@{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Generate the \package{hyperref} label and set the \package{hyperref} anchor,
+% usually (if |hypcap=false|) both is done inside |\@caption|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@makestart\@captype
+ \caption@startanchor\@currentHref
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a new \package{hyperref} label,
+% use the label we save in |\hc@currentHref| instead.
+% (We also support the |@capstart| flag from the \package{hypcap} package.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\@capstarttrue
+ \let\hc@currentHref\@currentHref
+ \def\caption@makecurrentHref##1{%
+ \global\@capstartfalse
+ \global\let\@currentHref\hc@currentHref}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Prevent |\@caption| from generating a \package{hyperref} anchor since this
+% has already been done.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@makestart}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/09/30}{\cs{@currentHref} will be extended by \texttt{caption}
+% instead of \texttt{xxx} now}
+% |\caption@makestart|\marg{type}
+% defines a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par
+% Since we offer |\ContinuedFloat| the float counter can change between
+% `now' and |\caption|, i.e., we simply don't know the figure or table counter
+% yet and therefore we are not able to generate the `right' \package{hyperref}
+% label.
+% Two different solutions of this problem came into my mind:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item I could use the aux file for this purpose.\par
+% -or-
+% \item I set |hypertexnames=false| locally.
+% Furthermore I use |#1.caption.|\meta{counter} (instead of |#1.|\meta{counter})
+% as naming scheme for |\@currentHref| to avoid conflicts with other hyper
+% links which are generated with |hypertexnames=true|.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% The first idea has the advantage that the `right' anchor name will be
+% generated, but one needs an additional \LaTeX\ run if figures or tables
+% will be inserted or removed.\par
+% The second idea has the advantage that it's very easy to implement, but
+% has some side-effects, e.g. the anchor names don't follow the figure or
+% table label names anymore.\par
+% Since I'm lazy I implemented the second idea, maybe I will revise this
+% later on.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@makestart[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \Hy@hypertexnamesfalse
+% \gdef\@currentHlabel{}%
+ \hyper@makecurrent{#1.caption}%
+ \endgroup
+ \caption@Debug{hypcap start=\@currentHref}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@startanchor}
+% \changes{v3.1b}{2007/09/17}{Bugfix 06-09-17: We use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor}}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/03/16}{Warning about TeX mode replaced with debug info}
+% |\caption@startanchor|\marg{Href}
+% sets a \package{hyperref} anchor inside |\caption@start|.\par
+% This code was taken from the \package{hypcap} package\cite{hypcap} and adapted.
+% \Note{Since \cs{hyper@@anchor}\marg{Href}\csmarg{\string\relax} can cause
+% a change from vertical mode to horizontal mode (design flaw in
+% \package{hyperref} package!?), and since the workaround
+% \cs{let}\cs{leavevmode}\cs{relax} which can be found in the
+% \package{hypcap} package is not always sufficient
+% (for example with ``Direct pdfmark support'' and \texttt{breaklinks=true}),
+% we use \cs{caption@anchor} instead of \cs{hyper@@anchor} here.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@startanchor[1]{%
+ \ifvmode\begingroup
+ \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (vertical mode)}%
+ \@tempdima\prevdepth
+ \nointerlineskip
+ \vspace*{-\caption@hypcapspace}%
+ \caption@anchor{#1}%
+ \vspace*{\caption@hypcapspace}%
+ \prevdepth\@tempdima
+ \endgroup\else
+ \caption@Debug{hypcap anchor: #1 (horizontal mode)}%
+ \caption@anchor{#1}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@anchor}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/17}{Workaround 07-10-17: We use \cs{caption@raisedlink} instead of \cs{Hy@raisedlink} now}
+% |\caption@anchor|\marg{Href} sets a \package{hyperref} anchor.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@anchor[1]{%
+ \ifmeasuring@ \else
+ \caption@raisedlink{\hyper@anchorstart{#1}\hyper@anchorend}%
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \Note{Since \cs{Hy@raisedlink} change \cs{@tempdima} we surrounded it by \cs{ifvmode},
+% suppressing ``\texttt{LaTeX Warning: Float too large for page by 1.0pt}'' in \texttt{sideways} floats.
+% (This is not necessary since \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}.)}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\HyperRaiseLinkLength\@tempdima
+ \def\caption@raisedlink#1{\ifvmode#1\else\Hy@raisedlink{#1}\fi}%
+ \else
+ \let\caption@raisedlink\Hy@raisedlink
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@@start}
+% Will be used by |\caption@freezeHref|. Apart from that we issue a warning
+% if we expect a saved \package{hyperref} label coming from |\caption@start|,
+% but there isn't any.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@@start{%
+ \@ifundefined{hc@currentHref}{%
+ \caption@Warning{%
+ The option `hypcap=true' will be ignored for this\MessageBreak
+ particular \string\caption}}{}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@freezeHref}
+% Suppress |\caption@start| from generating a \package{hyperref} label and
+% setting a \package{hyperref} anchor. Instead if |\@caption| generates a
+% \package{hyperref} label, it will be stored in |\caption@currentHref|.
+% Furthermore we need to redefine |\caption@setfloatcapt| so no
+% \package{hyperref} anchor will be placed in |\@caption|.
+% \iffalse
+% (Since |\caption@setfloatcapt| will be set to |\@firstofone| inside
+% |\subcaption| there is no need to add its restauration to
+% |\caption@subtypehook|.)
+% \fi
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@freezeHref{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@start\caption@start
+ \def\caption@start{\let\caption@start\caption@ORI@start}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \let\caption@ORI@@start\caption@@start
+% \l@addto@macro\caption@subtypehook{%
+% \let\caption@@start\caption@ORI@@start}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined
+ \def\caption@@start{\global\let\caption@currentHref\@currentHref}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@setfloatcapt\caption@setfloatcapt
+ \renewcommand*\caption@setfloatcapt{%
+ \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else
+ \let\caption@makeanchor\@firstofone
+ \fi
+ \caption@ORI@setfloatcapt}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@defrostHref}
+% If there is a freezed |\@currentHref|, we set the \package{hyperref}
+% anchor here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@defrostHref{%
+ \ifx\caption@currentHref\@undefined \else
+ \caption@startanchor\caption@currentHref
+ \global\let\caption@currentHref\@undefined
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@makebox}
+% Do our own redefinition of |\float@makebox|, if it was redefined by
+% the \package{hyperref} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{HyOrg@float@makebox}{}{%
+ \caption@Debug{%
+ Redefining \noexpand\float@makebox (again)\@gobble}%
+ \let\caption@ORI@float@makebox\float@makebox % save for compatibility mode
+ \renewcommand\float@makebox[1]{%
+ \HyOrg@float@makebox{#1\relax \caption@defrostHref}}%
+ }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The hypcap package}
+% \changes{v3.0f}{2005/06/22}{Support of the \package{hypcap} package added}
+% \changes{v3.0l}{2007/02/20}{Adapted to \package{hypcap} \version{1.6}}
+% \changes{v3.1e}{2007/11/04}{\package{hypcap} support adapted to \package{hyperref} \version{6.77}}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{hypcap}{% v1.0
+ \ifx\caption@start\relax \else % hyperref hasn't stopped early
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If the \package{hypcap} package was loaded, we give up our own
+% hyperlink placement algorithm and give the control over the placement
+% to the \package{hypcap} package instead.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\capstart}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2009/10/09}{Support of \cs{ifcapstart} (\package{hypcap} package \version{1.10}) added}
+% We do this simply by mapping |\capstart| to |\caption@start@|,
+% although our code does not behave exactly like the original one:
+% The original |\capstart| has an effect on the next |\caption|
+% only but our version affects \emph{all} |\caption|s in the same
+% environment, at least unless a new |\capstart| will be placed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@capstart\capstart % save for compatibility mode
+ \@ifundefined{capstarttrue}% check for v1.10 of hypcap package
+ {\def\capstart{\caption@start@}}%
+ {\def\capstart{\ifcapstart\caption@start@\fi}}%
+ \let\caption@start\relax
+ \let\caption@@start\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@hypcapspace}
+% Furthermore we map our |\caption@hypcapspace| to |\hypcapspace|
+% offered by the \package{hypcap} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@set@bool\caption@ifhypcap 1%
+ \renewcommand*\caption@hypcapspace{\hypcapspace}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The listings package}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Support of the \package{listings} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{listings}[2004/02/13 v1.2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\lst@MakeCaption}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix: Skips are handled correctly now}
+% \changes{v3.1k}{2008/03/29}{Bugfix 08-10-16-dctt: \texttt{rule=0} added}
+% To support the \package{listings} package we need to redefine
+% |\lst@MakeCaption| so the original stuff is nested with
+% |\caption@begin| and |\caption@end| etc.
+% \Note{This macro is always called twice (with `t' resp. `b' as
+% parameter), therefore we need an extra group here.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption\lst@MakeCaption
+ \def\lst@MakeCaption#1{% #1 is `t' or `b'
+ \begingroup
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First of all, we set |position=#1| and if it was set to `top',
+% we swap the skips so the default behavior of the \package{listings} package
+% will not be changed. (Note that the \package{listings} package has set its
+% own |\abovecaptionskip| \& |\belowcaptionskip| values prior to calling
+% \cs{lst@MakeCaption}.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setposition{#1}%
+ \caption@iftop{%
+ \@tempdima\belowcaptionskip
+ \belowcaptionskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \abovecaptionskip\@tempdima}{}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Workaround for issue with wrong skips (should be examined further)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setup{rule=0}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Afterwards we set the local `lstlisting' options.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setoptions{lstlisting}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the |position=| is now set to |auto|, we take over the |captionpos=|
+% setting from the \package{listings} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setautoposition{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At the end we do similar stuff as in our \cs{@caption} code.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@begin{lstlisting}%
+ \caption@ORI@lst@MakeCaption{#1}%
+ \caption@end
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \endgroup}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\lst@makecaption}
+% \begin{macro}{\lst@maketitle}
+% Wrapper macros for typesetting the |caption=| resp. |title=| value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\lst@makecaption{\caption@starfalse\@makecaption}%
+ \def\lst@maketitle{\caption@startrue\@makecaption\@empty}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ext@lstlisting}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/03/03}{This macro added}
+% Since the \package{listings} package do not define |\ext@lstlisting|,
+% but we needed it when |\captionof{lstlisting}| will be done by the end user,
+% we define it here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\ext@lstlisting{lol}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/07/13}{Bugfix 07-09-13: \cs{lst@@caption} will not be re-defined anymore}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The longtable package}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LTcaptype}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/06}{This macro and its support added}
+% |\LTcaptype| is preset to |table|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*\LTcaptype{table}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{longtable}[1995/05/24 v3.14]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RequirePackage{ltcaption}[=2007/09/01]%
+ \let\LT@@makecaption\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@array}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/07/22}{This redefinition added}
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/14}{Bugfix 07-09-14: Redefinition of \cs{@captionabovetrue} \& \cs{@captionabovefalse} added}
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/16}{Bugfix: This redefinition will always be done \cs{AtBeginDocument}}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/20}{Bugfix in \cs{captionlistentry}: Table counter will not be incremented anymore, \cs{nameref} works}
+% We redefine |\LT@array| here to get |\captionsetup|\marg{options}
+% working inside |longtable|s.
+% \Note{Since the \package{hyperref} package patches \cs{LT@array} as well
+% and since this only works with the original definition of \cs{LT@array},
+% we have to do this after the \package{hyperref} package,
+% i.e.~\cs{AtBeginDocument}.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@LT@array\LT@array
+ \renewcommand*\LT@array{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\captionsetup| for longtable:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\@undefined
+ \def\captionsetup{%
+ \noalign\bgroup
+ \@ifstar\@captionsetup\@captionsetup}% gobble *
+ \def\@captionsetup##1{\LT@captionsetup{##1}\egroup}%
+ \def\LT@captionsetup##1{%
+ \captionsetup@startrue\caption@setup@options[@longtable]{##1}%
+ \global\let\caption@opt@@longtable\caption@opt@@longtable}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\captionabove| \& |\captionbelow| for longtable: (\KOMAScript\ document class)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@captionabovetrue{\LT@captionsetup{position=t}}%
+ \def\@captionabovefalse{\LT@captionsetup{position=b}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\captionlistentry| for longtable:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\captionlistentry{%
+ \noalign\bgroup
+ \@ifstar{\egroup\LT@captionlistentry}% gobble *
+ {\egroup\LT@captionlistentry}}%
+ \def\LT@captionlistentry##1{%
+ \caption@listentry\@firstoftwo[\LTcaptype]{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% |\ContinuedFloat| for longtable:\\
+% {\small(Commented out, since it's not deeply tested and quite useless anyway)}
+% \Note{\package{hyperref} versions $<$ v6.76j uses $2\times$ \cs{hyper@makecurrent}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \caption@ifhypcap{%
+% \let\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent\hyper@makecurrent
+% \def\hyper@makecurrent##1{%
+% \let\hyper@makecurrent\caption@ORI@hyper@makecurrent
+% \caption@makestart{##1}%
+%% \let\Hy@LT@currentHlabel\@currentHlabel
+% \let\Hy@LT@currentHref\@currentHref
+% \def\hyper@makecurrent####1{%
+%% \let\@currentHlabel\Hy@LT@currentHlabel
+% \let\@currentHref\Hy@LT@currentHref}}%
+% \let\caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat\ContinuedFloat
+% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{%
+% \gdef\caption@setContinuedFloat{%
+% \let\caption@resetContinuedFloat\@gobble}%
+% \def\caption@setoptions####1{%
+% \g@addto@macro\caption@setContinuedFloat{%
+% \caption@setoptions{####1}}}%
+% \let\@captype\LTcaptype
+% \caption@ORI@ContinuedFloat}}%
+% }{%
+% \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{%
+% \caption@Error{%
+% \noexpand\ContinuedFloat inside longtables\MessageBreak
+% is only available with `hypcap=true'}}}%
+% }%
+% \global\let\caption@setContinuedFloat\@empty
+ \def\ContinuedFloat{\noalign{%
+ \caption@Error{\noexpand\ContinuedFloat outside float}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ORI@LT@array}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@c@ption}
+% \changes{v3.1g}{2008/01/22}{Made it \cs{long}}
+% The original implementation:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\LT@c@ption#1[#2]#3{%
+% \LT@makecaption#1\fnum@table{#3}%
+% \def\@tempa{#2}%
+% \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else
+% {\let\\\space
+% \addcontentsline{lot}{table}{\protect\numberline{\thetable}{#2}}}%
+% \fi}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our implementation uses |\LTcaptype| instead of |{table}|:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\LT@c@ption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \LT@makecaption#1{\csname fnum@\LTcaptype\endcsname}{#3}%
+ \LT@captionlistentry{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LT@makecaption}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/08/10}{%
+% Bugfix 04-08-04: \cs{abovecaptionskip} \& \cs{belowcaptionskip} will be used now}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{%
+% Bugfix: \cs{captionsetup[longtable]} overrides \cs{LTcapwidth} now}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/07}{\cs{caption@LT@make} introduced}
+% |\LT@makecaption|\marg{cmd}\marg{label}\marg{text}\par
+% \smallskip
+% The original definition:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\LT@makecaption#1#2#3{%
+% \LT@mcol\LT@cols c{\hbox to\z@{\hss\parbox[t]\LTcapwidth{%
+% % Based on article class "\@makecaption", "#1" is "\@gobble" in star
+% % form, and "\@firstofone" otherwise.
+% \sbox\@tempboxa{#1{#2: }#3}%
+% \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa>\hsize
+% #1{#2: }#3%
+% \else
+% \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+% \fi
+% \endgraf\vskip\baselineskip}%
+% \hss}}}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our definition:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand\LT@makecaption[3]{%
+ \caption@LT@make{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% If |\LTcapwidth| is not set to its default value |4in| we assume
+% that it shall overwrite our own setting.
+% (But |\captionsetup[longtable]{width=|\ldots|}| will overwrite |\LTcapwidth|.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@settype*\LTcaptype
+ \ifdim\LTcapwidth=4in \else
+ \setcaptionwidth\LTcapwidth
+ \fi
+ \caption@setoptions{longtable}%
+% \caption@setContinuedFloat
+ \caption@setoptions{@longtable}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% The default |position=| setting for longtables is |top|.
+% (This emulates the standard behavior of the \package{longtable} package
+% which has no skip above the caption but a skip below it.)
+% \fi
+%
+% |position=auto| is a bad idea for longtables, but we do our very best.
+% This works quite well for captions inside the longtable contents, but
+% not for captions inside the longtable (end)foot.
+% \Note{This should be `top' if unclear!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setautoposition{\ifcase\LT@rows t\else b\fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% We set |\ifcaption@star| according the 1st argument.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@startrue#1\caption@starfalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{\cs{caption@normalsize} added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@resetContinuedFloat\LTcaptype
+ \caption@begin\LTcaptype
+ \caption@normalsize
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The following skip has the purpose to correct the height of the
+% |\parbox[t]|. Usually it's the height of the very first line, but
+% because of our extra skips (|\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|)
+% it's always |0pt|.\par
+% (A different idea would be typesetting the first skip outside the longtable
+% column with |\noalign{\vskip|\ldots|}|, but this means we have to move
+% |\caption@begin| to some other place because it does not work in tabular
+% mode. And at the moment I have no idea on how to do this in an elegant
+% way\ldots)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \vskip-\ht\strutbox
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The following code should look familiar. We do our skips and use
+% |\caption@@make| to typeset the caption itself.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@iftop{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}%
+ \caption@@make{#2}{#3}\endgraf
+ \caption@iftop{\vskip\abovecaptionskip}{\vskip\belowcaptionskip}%
+ \caption@end}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The picinpar package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/13}{Support of the \package{picinpar} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picinpar}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\figwindow}
+% \begin{macro}{\tabwindow}
+% The \package{picinpar} package comes with its own caption code
+% (|\wincaption|, |\@wincaption|, |\@makewincaption|, \ldots)
+% so we redefine |\figwindow| \& |\tabwindow| to use |\caption| instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\figwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {%
+ \caption@window{figure}%
+ \caption@setoptions{figwindow}%
+ \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\tabwindow[#1,#2,#3,#4] {%
+ \caption@window{table}%
+ \caption@setoptions{tabwindow}%
+ \begin{window}[#1,#2,{#3},\caption@wincaption{#4}] }%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@window}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} added}
+% Beside calling |\caption@settype| we redefine |\caption@boxrestore|
+% (as in \package{floatflt} \& \package{picins} package support)
+% and |\@makecaption| (as in \package{float} package support) here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@window[1]{%
+ \let\caption@boxrestore\@parboxrestore
+ \let\@makecaption\caption@@make
+ \caption@setautoposition b%
+ \caption@settype{#1}%
+ \caption@clearmargin}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@wincaption}
+% \changes{v3.1d}{2007/10/25}{Missing \% added}
+% This one finally typesets the caption using |\caption|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\caption@wincaption[1]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This will be done twice for every |figwindow| \& |tabwindow| caption --
+% on the first run |\picwd| is |0pt|, on the second run |\picwd| is |\hsize|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdim\picwd=\z@
+ \let\caption@makecurrent\@gobbletwo
+ \let\caption@@start\relax
+ \caption@prepareslc
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The argument |#1| could contain simply the caption text
+% (e.g.~|A figure caption|), but it could also contain an optional argument,
+% the \meta{lst\_entry}
+% (e.g.~|[An| |entry| |to| |the| |LOF]||{A| |figure| |caption}|).
+% Therefore we have to test if |#1| begins with~|[| or not; furthermore we
+% support a starred variant -- as in |\caption*| -- so we test for~|*|, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \edef\@tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\@car#1\@nil}%
+ \if\@tempa*%
+ \let\@tempa\@firstofone
+ \else\if\@tempa[%]
+ \let\@tempa\@firstofone
+ \else
+ \let\@tempa\@empty
+ \fi\fi
+ \expandafter\caption\@tempa{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The picins package}
+% \changes{v3.0j}{2006/01/26}{Support of the \package{picins} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\piccaptiontype}
+% |\piccaptiontype|\marg{type}\par
+% We offer this macro for changing the \meta{type} of the caption, so the user
+% doesn't have to redefine |\@captype|, as proposed in the \package{picins}
+% documentation.
+% \Note{We define this macro here so it can be used in the
+% preamble of the document, even when \thispackage\ was loaded prior to the
+% \package{picins} package.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\piccaptiontype[1]{\def\@piccaptype{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{picins}{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Initial set |\@piccaptype| and undefine |\@captype| which was set to
+% |figure| by the \package{picins} package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{@piccaptype}{%
+ \caption@iftype{%
+ \let\@piccaptype\@captype
+ }{%
+ \def\@piccaptype{figure}%
+ }%
+ }{}%
+ \let\@captype\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\piccaption}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\piccaption{\@ifnextchar [{\@piccaption}{\@piccaption[]}}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our code uses |\caption@star| so |\piccaption*| works,
+% and |\caption@dblarg| so |\piccaption{}| works correctly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\piccaption{\caption@star\relax{\caption@dblarg\@piccaption}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\make@piccaption}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/12/06}{Bugfix: \cs{caption@clearmargin} will always be used now}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\make@piccaption{%
+% [...]
+% \setbox\@TEXT=\vbox{\hsize\hsiz@\caption[\sh@rtf@rm]{\capti@nt@xt}}%
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% In our code we have to correct several things:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item |\@captype| must be defined, since we have removed the global
+% definition.
+% \item We use |\caption@setoptions{parpic}| so
+% |\captionsetup[parpic]{|\ldots|}| is supported.
+% \item |\linewidth| must be set correctly.
+% Usually this is done by |\@parboxrestore| inside |\@caption|,
+% but since we use |\@caption@boxrestore| we have to map this to
+% |\@parboxrestore| instead.
+% \item The two arguments of |\caption| (|\sh@rtf@rm| \& |\capti@nt@xt|)
+% should be expanded on first level so |\caption[]{|\ldots|}| and
+% |\caption[|\ldots|]{}| work correctly.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@make@piccaption\make@piccaption
+ \def\make@piccaption{%
+ \let\caption@ORI\caption
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\caption[##1]##2{%
+ \caption@freezeHref % will be defrosted in \ivparpic
+ \caption@settype\@piccaptype
+% \ifnum\c@piccaptionpos>2\relax
+ \caption@clearmargin
+% \else
+% \captionwidth\z@ % do not use "width=" setting
+% \fi
+ \caption@setoptions{parpic}%
+ \let\caption@boxrestore\@parboxrestore
+ \caption@setautoposition b%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\caption@ORI
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter[%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{%
+ \expandafter##1\expandafter}\expandafter]\expandafter{##2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% {\footnotesize\begin{quote}
+% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A
+% |\begingroup|\\
+% | \toks0\expandafter{##1}| |\toks2\expandafter{##2}|\\
+% | \edef\x{\endgroup|\\
+% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\the\toks0}]{\the\toks2}}|\\
+% | \x|
+% \end{quote}
+% \begin{quote}
+% \leavevmode\llap{-or-\quad}%^^A
+% |\edef\x{%|\\
+% | \noexpand\caption@ORI[{\unexpanded\expandafter{##1}}]%|\\
+% | {\unexpanded\expandafter{##2}}}|\\
+% |\x|
+% \end{quote}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@ORI@make@piccaption
+ \let\caption\caption@ORI}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+
+% \begin{macro}{\ivparpic}
+% We need to set our \package{hyperref} anchor here.
+% Not bullet-proof since we have to redefine |\noindent| here!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@ivparpic\ivparpic
+ \def\ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]#7{%
+ \let\caption@ORI@noindent\noindent
+ \def\noindent{%
+ \caption@defrostHref
+ \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent
+ \noindent}%
+ \caption@ORI@ivparpic(#1,#2)(#3,#4)[#5][#6]{#7}%
+ \let\noindent\caption@ORI@noindent}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{%
+ \let\piccaptiontype\@undefined
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The rotating package}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{rotating}[1995/08/22 v2.10]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\rotcaption}
+% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{Rewritten, works with \package{hyperref} now}
+% Make |\rotcaption*| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\rotcaption{\let\@makecaption\@makerotcaption\caption}%
+% \let\@rotcaption\@undefined
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\rotcaptionof}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/07}{New}
+% Make |\rotcaptionof(*)| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\rotcaptionof{%
+ \caption@teststar\caption@of{\rotcaption*}\rotcaption}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@makerotcaption}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2005/12/06}{Rewritten, should finally work proper now}
+% \changes{v3.0m}{2007/03/04}{Uses \cs{caption@parbox} instead of \cs{caption@start/endbox} now}
+% Original (bugfixed) code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{%
+% \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#1: #2}%
+% \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa > .8\vsize
+% \rotatebox{90}{%
+% \begin{minipage}{.8\textheight}#1: #2\end{minipage}%
+% }%\par % <== \par removed (AR)
+% \else%
+% \rotatebox{90}{\box\@tempboxa}%
+% \fi
+% \nobreak\hspace{12pt}% <== \nobreak added (AR)
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our version emulates this behavior, but if |width=| is set,
+% the rotated caption is always typeset as |minipage|.
+% (Note that |margin=| is not supported here.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\@makerotcaption#1#2{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdim\captionwidth=\z@
+ \setcaptionwidth{.8\textheight}%
+ \caption@slc{#1}{#2}{.8\vsize}{%
+ \let\caption@makerot\caption@@make
+ \caption@clearmargin
+% \long\def\caption@parbox##1##2{\hbox{\hsize=.8\textheight\relax##2}}%
+% (not needed because \rotatebox uses an \hbox anyway)
+ \let\caption@parbox\@secondoftwo}%
+ \caption@set@bool\caption@ifslc0% been there, done that
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \rotatebox{90}{\caption@makerot{#1}{#2}}%
+ \nobreak\hspace{12pt}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\caption@makerot[2]{%
+ \begin{minipage}\captionwidth\caption@@make{#1}{#2}\end{minipage}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines sideways-variant, too}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@For{typelist}{%
+ \newenvironment{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}{\end@rotfloat}%
+ \newenvironment{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}{\end@rotdblfloat}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The sidecap package}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{sidecap}[1999/05/11 v1.4d]{%
+ \caption@setbool{needfreeze}{1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SC@caption}
+% \changes{v3.0d}{2004/11/28}{Bugfix: Definition of \cs{@captype} added}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Bugfix: Empty captions are handled correctly now}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Priority of options fixed}
+% \changes{v3.0h}{2005/10/03}{Bugfix: Always use \cs{AtBeginDocument} to set \cs{SC@caption}}
+% First of all, we let \package{sidecap} use a current definition of |\caption|.\\
+% (This is only required for version 1.5d of the \package{sidecap} package.)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@AtBeginDocument{\let\SC@caption=\caption}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SC@zfloat}
+% \changes{v3.0b}{2004/05/16}{Local definition of \cs{captionsetup} added}
+% \changes{v3.0c}{2004/07/16}{Bugfix 04-07-15: Check for \cs{caption@star} removed}
+% \changes{v3.1c}{2007/10/06}{\cs{caption} will be saved \& restored now}
+% This macro will be called at the start of the environment, here is a good
+% opportunity to do some adaptations to |\caption| and |\captionsetup|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@SC@zfloat\SC@zfloat
+ \def\SC@zfloat#1#2#3[#4]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% First we use the original definition, but save \& restore \cs{caption}
+% so \cs{caption@freeze} will work correctly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI\caption
+ \caption@ORI@SC@zfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}[#4]%
+ \let\caption\caption@ORI
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Since the sidecap package uses our |\caption| code outside the
+% environment the regular |\captionsetup| will not work.
+% So we need a special version here which saves the given argument list
+% which will be executed later on.
+% Furthermore we need to make |\caption*| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@settype*{#2}%
+ \caption@freeze*}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\endSC@FLOAT}
+% \changes{v3.0i}{2006/01/12}{\cs{@listdepth}\cs{z@} added}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Call of \cs{caption@setoptions}\arg{SCfloat} added}
+% This macro will be called at the end of the environment, here we need to
+% setup our stuff before the \package{sidecap} package actually typesets
+% its caption.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT\endSC@FLOAT
+ \def\endSC@FLOAT{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \Note{\cs{@captype} isn't defined here, this will be done inside
+% the original definition of \cs{endSC@FLOAT}. But \cs{SC@captype} is
+% defined and can be used here, if needed.}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@settype\caption@settype
+ \def\caption@settype##1{% will be done in \@xfloat
+ \caption@ORI@settype*{##1}% do not change \@currentlabel
+ \caption@setSC@justify
+%%% \caption@setoptions{SCfloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{SC\@captype}%
+ \caption@start}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Before we can typeset the caption we need to set the margin to zero
+% because any extra margin would only be disturbing here.\par
+% (We don't need to take care about the caption position because
+% the sidecap package set both |\abovecaptionskip| and |\belowcaptionskip|
+% to a skip of zero anyway.)\par
+% Furthermore |\SC@justify| will override the caption justification, if set.
+% The usage of |\SC@justify| differs from version to version of the
+% \package{sidecap} package:\par
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% Version 1.4: & |\SC@justify| is not defined\\
+% Version 1.5: & |\SC@justify| is |\relax| when not set\\
+% Version 1.6: & |\SC@justify| is |\@empty| when not set\\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@setSC@justify{%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \@ifundefined{SC@justify}{}{%
+ \ifx\SC@justify\@empty \else
+ \let\caption@hj\SC@justify
+ \let\SC@justify\@empty
+ \fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT| to use our caption
+% stuff instead of its own.
+% \Note{At this point the \package{sidecap} definition of \cs{caption} is valid,
+% not the regular one!}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption\SC@orig@caption
+ \def\SC@orig@caption[##1]##2{\caption@defrost}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Finally we call the original definition of |\endSC@FLOAT|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@setSC@justify % for compatibility mode
+ \caption@ORI@endSC@FLOAT}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines SC-variant, too}
+% \changes{v3.1f}{2007/12/23}{Bugfix in definition of SC-variant}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@For@SC[2]{%
+ \def#1{b}% = \sidecaptionvpos{#2}{b} (v1.6)
+ \newenvironment{SC#2}%
+ {\SC@float[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@float}%
+ \newenvironment{SC#2*}%
+ {\SC@dblfloat[#1]{#2}}{\endSC@dblfloat}}%
+ \@onlypreamble\caption@For@SC
+ \caption@For{typelist}{%
+ \expandafter\caption@For@SC\csname SC@#1@vpos\endcsname{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The subfigure package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/04/06}{subfigure package support added (package)}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{subfigure}[2002/01/23 v2.1]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sf@ifpositiontop}
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/15}{Bugfix 07-09-15: Check for \cs{@captype} added}
+% If the \package{subfigure} package is loaded, we map |\sf@ifpositiontop|
+% to |\iffiguretopcap| resp. |\iftabletopcap|, so the \package{subfigure}
+% \version{2.1} options \opt{figbotcap} etc. will still work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\sf@ifpositiontop{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+ \expandafter\@gobbletwo
+ \else\ifx\@captype\relax
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\@gobbletwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\sf@if@position@top
+ \fi\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\sf@if@position@top{%
+ \@ifundefined{if\@captype topcap}%
+ {\@gobbletwo}%
+ {\@nameuse{if\@captype topcap}%
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The supertabular and xtab packages}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{supertabular}[2002/07/19 v4.1e]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption}
+% \changes{v3.0e}{2005/05/05}{Made \cs{topcaption*} and \cs{bottomcaption*} work}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: Star variant does not increment table counter anymore}
+% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\tablecaption{%
+ \caption@star
+ {\refstepcounter{table}}%
+ {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Made \cs{nameref} \& \cs{autoref} work}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption
+ \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@gettitle{#2}%
+ \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[#1]{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption}
+% \changes{v3.0a}{2004/01/23}{Bugfix: Missing \cs{par} added}
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Bugfix: \cs{@currentlabelname} will be set now}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par%
+% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+% {\protect\numberline{%
+% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}
+% \begingroup
+% \@parboxrestore
+% \normalsize
+% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi
+% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi
+% \endgroup}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par%
+ \caption@settype*{#1}%
+ \caption@setoptions{supertabular}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The |position=| setting will be overwritten by the
+% \package{supertabular} package: If |\topcaption| was used,
+% the position will be |top| automatically, |bottom| otherwise.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@fixposition{%
+ \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \caption@boxrestore
+ \caption@normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \caption@end}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1h}{2008/04/01}{Support of the xtab package added}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{xtab}[2000/04/09 v2.3]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tablecaption}
+% Make |\topcaption*| and |\bottomcaption*| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand*\tablecaption{%
+ \caption@star
+ {\refstepcounter{table}}%
+ {\caption@dblarg{\@xtablecaption}}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@xtablecaption}
+% \changes{v3.1l}{2010/01/09}{Adapted to current version of nameref package}
+% Make |\nameref| and |\autoref| work.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@xtablecaption\@xtablecaption
+ \long\def\@xtablecaption[#1]#2{%
+ \caption@gettitle{#2}%
+ \caption@ORI@xtablecaption[#1]{#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ST@caption}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par%
+% \@initisotab
+% \addcontentsline{\csname ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}%
+% {\protect\numberline{%
+% \csname the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}%
+% \begingroup
+% \@parboxrestore
+% \normalsize
+% %% \if@topcaption \vskip -10\p@ \fi
+% \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+% %% \if@topcaption \vskip 10\p@ \fi
+% \endgroup
+% \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht
+% \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\ST@caption#1[#2]#3{\par%
+ \caption@settype*{#1}%
+ \caption@setoptions{xtabular}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption@fixposition{%
+ \caption@setposition{\if@topcaption t\else b\fi}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@initisotab
+ \caption@beginex{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \caption@boxrestore
+ \caption@normalsize
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \caption@end
+ \global\advance\ST@pageleft -\PWSTcapht
+ \ST@trace\tw@{Added caption. Space left for xtabular: \the\ST@pageleft}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The threeparttable package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/08}{Support of the \package{threeparttable} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{threeparttable}[2003/06/13 v3.0]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\threeparttable}
+% Unfortunately |\@captype| is not set when |\TPT@common| will be used,
+% so we have to redefine |\threeparttable| and |\measuredfigure| instead.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@threeparttable\threeparttable
+ \renewcommand*\threeparttable{%
+ \caption@settype{table}%
+ \caption@setposition a% ?
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@setoptions{threeparttable}%
+ \caption@ORI@threeparttable}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\measuredfigure}
+% Same here\ldots
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@measuredfigure\measuredfigure
+ \renewcommand*\measuredfigure{%
+ \caption@settype{figure}%
+ \caption@setposition a% ?
+ \caption@clearmargin
+ \caption@setoptions{measuredfigure}%
+ \caption@ORI@measuredfigure}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TPT@caption}
+% The original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{\gdef\TPT@docapt
+% {\par\global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]%
+% {\strut\ignorespaces#3\ifhmode\unskip\@finalstrut\strutbox\fi}}%
+% \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel \abovecaptionskip\z@skip
+% \else \TPT@docapt \fi \ignorespaces}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\TPT@caption#1[#2]#3{%
+ \gdef\TPT@docapt{%
+ \global\let\TPT@docapt\@undefined
+ \caption@setautoposition\caption@TPT@position
+ \TPT@LA@caption{#1}[{#2}]{#3}}%
+ \ifx\TPT@hsize\@empty
+ \let\label\TPT@gatherlabel % Bug: does not work for measuredfigures
+ \gdef\caption@TPT@position{t}%
+ \g@addto@macro\TPT@docapt\caption@TPT@eatvskip
+ \else
+ \def\caption@TPT@position{b}%
+ \TPT@docapt
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ %\newcommand*\caption@TPT@eatvskip{\vskip-.2\baselineskip}%
+ \def\caption@TPT@eatvskip#1\vskip{#1\@tempdima=}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{The wrapfig package}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/05/05}{Support of the \package{wrapfig} package added}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\caption@IfPackageLoaded{wrapfig}{% ver 3.3 (Oct 12, 1999)
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@ifstyle}
+% \changes{v3.1}{2007/06/10}{This macro added}
+% |\float@ifstyle|\marg{type}\marg{if-clause}\marg{else-clause}\par
+% (see \package{float} package support for details)
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \providecommand*\float@ifstyle[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname fst@#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@restylewrapfloat}
+% This one redefines the |wrap#1| environment, e.g.~|wrapfigure|.
+% Our code uses |\caption@setoptions{wrapfigure}| so
+% |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{|\ldots|}| will work.\par
+% But first we check if our redefinition was already done, this could
+% happen inside |\float@restyle| when the \package{wrapfig} support of
+% the \package{float} package was not installed successfully, so it has
+% not redefined |\wrap#1| there.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@restylewrapfloat[1]{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname wrap#1\endcsname
+ \caption@Error{%
+ For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak
+ with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak
+ package *after* the `float' package}%
+ \else
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption@ORI@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname wrap#1\endcsname
+ \@namedef{wrap#1}{\caption@wrapfloat{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\let\csname caption@OUR@wrap#1\expandafter\endcsname
+ \csname wrap#1\endcsname
+ \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caption@wrapfloat}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand*\caption@wrapfloat[1]{%
+ \caption@settype*{#1}%
+ \float@ifstyle{#1}{%
+ \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined
+ \caption@Error{%
+ For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak
+ with the `float' package you should use at least\MessageBreak
+ `wrapfig' version 3.6}%
+ \else
+ \float@dostyle{#1}%
+ \fi}{}%
+ \caption@clearmargin
+%%% \caption@setoptions{wrapfloat}%
+ \caption@setoptions{wrap#1}%
+ \@nameuse{caption@ORI@wrap#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% Now we redefine the \package{wrapfig} environments we know about.\par
+% If someone has placed a |\newfloat| right between |\usepackage{wrapfig}|
+% and |\usepackage{caption}| (or loads \thispackage\ first, so all these
+% patches will be done with |\AtBeginDocument|) we have bad luck since the
+% \package{float} package do not offer a list of (re)styled floats.
+% (This would finally lead to an error in |\caption@setfloatcapt|.)
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@restylewrapfloat{figure}%
+ \caption@restylewrapfloat{table}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \changes{v3.1a}{2007/09/07}{\cs{DeclareFloatingEnvironment} defines wrap-variant, too}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \caption@For{typelist}{%
+ \newenvironment{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}{\endwrapfloat}%
+ \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\WF@floatstyhook\@undefined \else % wrapfig v3.6
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\float@restyle}
+% If the \package{wrapfig} package \version{3.6} is used, we patch
+% |\float@restyle| (if defined), too, so new or restyled floats will be
+% handled correctly, too.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \@ifundefined{float@restyle}{}{%
+ \toks@=\expandafter{\float@restyle{#1}% (env may or may not be defined)
+ \caption@restylewrapfloat{#1}}%
+ \edef\@tempa{\def\noexpand\float@restyle##1{\the\toks@}}%
+ \@tempa}% perform redefinitions
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\wrapfloat}
+% An additional check of the package load order:
+% If both, neither the \package{wrapfig} package nor \thispackage\ haven't
+% catch |\float@restyle|, we finally splash down at |\wrapfloat|.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\caption@ORI@wrapfloat\wrapfloat
+ \def\wrapfloat#1{%
+ \float@ifstyle{#1}{%
+ \caption@Error{%
+ For a successful cooperation of the `wrapfig' package\MessageBreak
+ with the `float' package you should load the `wrapfig'\MessageBreak
+ package *right after* the `float' package}}{}%
+ \caption@ORI@wrapfloat{#1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi % wrapfig v3.6
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\WF@rapt}
+% We place our \package{hyperref} anchor here.\par
+% Original code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width,
+% \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known
+% \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}%
+% \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else
+% \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption
+% \ignorespaces \fi}
+% \end{verbatim}%^^A
+% Our code:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\WF@rapt[#1]#2{% final two args: #1 = overhang, #2 = width,
+ \gdef\WF@ovh{#1}% hold overhang for later, when \width is known
+ \global\setbox\WF@box\vtop\bgroup \setlength\hsize{#2}%
+ \caption@start
+ \ifdim\hsize>\z@ \@parboxrestore \else
+ \setbox\z@\hbox\bgroup \let\wf@@caption\caption \let\caption\wf@caption
+ \ignorespaces \fi}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \iffalse
+%</package>
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
+% \bibitem{TLC2}
+% Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:\\
+% \newblock {\em The {\LaTeX} Companion (2nd.~Ed.)},\\
+% \newblock Addison-Wesley, 2004.
+%
+% \bibitem{beamer}
+% Till Tantau:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/}%
+% {\emph{User Guide to the Beamer Class, Version 3.07}},\\
+% March 11, 2007
+%
+% \bibitem{KOMAScript}
+% Markus Kohm \& Jens-Uwe-Morawski:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/koma-script/}%
+% {\emph{KOMA-Script -- a versatile \LaTeXe\ bundle}},\\
+% 2007-01-09
+%
+% \bibitem{NTG}
+% Victor Eijkhout:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ntgclass/}%
+% {\emph{An introduction to the Dutch \LaTeX\ document classes}},\\
+% 3 September 1989
+%
+% \bibitem{float}
+% Anselm Lingnau:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/float/}%
+% {\emph{An Improved Environment for Floats}},\\
+% 2001/11/08
+%
+% \bibitem{floatflt}
+% Mats Dahlgren:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/}%
+% {\emph{Welcome to the floatflt package}},\\
+% 1998/06/05
+%
+% \bibitem{floatrow}
+% Olga Lapko:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatrow/}%
+% {\emph{The floatrow package documentation}},\\
+% 2007/08/24
+%
+% \bibitem{fltpage}
+% Sebastian Gross:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fltpage/}%
+% {\emph{Welcome to the beta test of fltpage package!}},\\
+% 1998/11/13
+%
+% \bibitem{hyperref}
+% Sebastian Rahtz \& Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/}%
+% {\emph{Hypertext marks in \LaTeX}},\\
+% November 12, 2007
+%
+% \bibitem{hypcap}
+% Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/}%
+% {\emph{The hypcap package -- Adjusting anchors of captions}},\\
+% 2007/04/09
+%
+% \bibitem{listings}
+% Carsten Heinz \& Brooks Moses:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/listings/}%
+% {\emph{The Listings Package}},\\
+% 2007/02/22
+%
+% \bibitem{longtable}
+% David Carlisle:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/}%
+% {\emph{The longtable package}},\\
+% 2004/02/01
+%
+% \bibitem{picinpar}
+% Friedhelm Sowa:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/}%
+% {\emph{Pictures in Paragraphs}},\\
+% July 13, 1993
+%
+% \bibitem{picins}
+% Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex209/contrib/picins/}%
+% {\emph{PicIns-Benutzerhandbuch Version 3.0}},\\
+% September~1992
+%
+% \bibitem{rotating}
+% Sebastian Rahtz and Leonor Barroca:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/rotating/}%
+% {\emph{A style option for rotated objects in \LaTeX}},\\
+% 1997/09/26
+%
+% \bibitem{sidecap}
+% Rolf Niepraschk \& Hubert G\"a\ss lein:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sidecap/}%
+% {\emph{The sidecap package}},\\
+% 2003/06/06
+%
+% \bibitem{subfigure}
+% Steven D. Cochran:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/}%
+% {\emph{The subfigure package}},\\
+% 2002/07/02
+%
+% \bibitem{subfig}
+% Steven D. Cochran:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/}%
+% {\emph{The subfig package}},\\
+% 2005/07/05
+%
+% \bibitem{supertabular}
+% Johannes Braams and Theo Jurriens:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supertabular/}%
+% {\emph{The supertabular environment}},\\
+% 2002/07/19
+%
+% \bibitem{threeparttable}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/}%
+% {\emph{Three part tables: title, tabular environment, notes}},\\
+% 2003/06/13
+%
+% \bibitem{wrapfig}
+% Donald Arseneau:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/}%
+% {\emph{WRAPFIG.STY ver 3.6}},\\
+% 2003/01/31
+%
+% \bibitem{xtab}
+% Peter Wilson:\\
+% \href{http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xtab/}%
+% {\emph{The xtab package}},\\
+% 2004/05/24
+%
+% \bibitem{Anne}
+% Anne Br\"uggemann-Klein:\\
+% \emph{Einf\"uhrung in die Dokumentverarbeitung},\\
+% B.G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 1989
+%
+% \bibitem{refcount}
+% Heiko Oberdiek:\\
+% \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/refcount.pdf}%
+% {\emph{The refcount package}},\\
+% 2006/02/20
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \iffalse
+% --------------------------------------------------------------------------- %
+% \fi
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \Finale
+%
+\endinput